Sei sulla pagina 1di 129

1

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
2

DESIGN OF THE QUESTION PAPER 2018-2019

MATHEMATICS - CLASS XII

Time : 3 Hours Max. Marks : 100

The weightage of marks over different dimensions of the question paper shall be as follows:

(A) Weightage to different topics/content units

S.No. Topic Marks

1. Relations and functions 10

2. Algebra 15

3. Calculus 44

4. Vectors and three-dimensional geometry 15

5. Linear programming 06

6. Probability 10

Total: 100

(B) Weightage to different forms of questions:

S.No. Form of Questions Marks for Total Number Marks


each Question of Questions
1. Very Short Answer Questions 01 04 04
2. Short Answer Questions 02 08 16
3. Long Answer Questions I 04 11 44
4. Long Answer Questions II 06 06 36
29 100
(C) Scheme of Option:
There is no overall choice. However, an internal choice in one question of one marks each,
three questions of three marks each, three questions of four marks each and three questions
of six marks each has been provided.

For feedback , query , suggestion and correction ;write to us at rt6307@gmail.com

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
3

Contents

1. Relations & Functions 4


2. Inverse Trigonometric Functions 12
3. Matrices 19
4. Determinants 28
5. Continuity & Differentiability 41
6. Application of Derivatives 54
7. Integrals 63
8. Application of Integrals 76
9. Differential Equations 79
10. Vector Algebra 86
11. Three Dimensional Geometry 94
12. Linear Programming Problem 107
13. Probability 115
Mock Test 124

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
4

Chapter 1 RELATIONS AND FUNCTIONS

Relation A relation R from a non-empty set A to a non-empty set B is a subset of the Cartesian
product A × B.

The set of all first elements of the ordered pairs in a relation R from a set A to a set B is called the
domain of the relation R.

The set of all second elements in a relation R from a set A to a set B is called the range of the
relation R.

The whole set B is called the codomain of the relation R.

Note: Range ⊆ Codomain.

Types of Relations

A relation R in a set A is subset of A × A. Thus empty set φ and A × A are two extreme relations.

1. A relation R in a set A is called empty relation, if no element of A is related to any element


of A, i.e., R = φ ⊂ A × A.
2. A relation R in a set A is called universal relation, if each element of A is related to every
element of A, i.e., R = A × A.
3. A relation R in a set A is called
(i) reflexive, if (a, a) ∈ R, for every a ∈ A,
(ii) symmetric, if (a1 , a2 ) ∈ R implies that (a2 , a1 ) ∈ R, for all a1 , a2 ∈ A.
(iii) transitive, if (a1 , a2 ) ∈ R and (a2 , a3 ) ∈ R implies that (a1 , a3 )∈ R, for all a1 , a2 , a3
∈ A.
4. Any relation which is reflexive, symmetric and transitive is called an equivalence relation.
 An equivalence relation divides the set into pairwise disjoint subsets called equivalent classes
whose collection is called a partition of the set. The union of all equivalence classes gives the
whole set.

Types of Functions

1. A function f : X → Y is defined to be one-one (or injective), if the images of distinct elements


of X under f are distinct, i.e.,
𝑥1 , 𝑥2 ∈ 𝑋, 𝑓(𝑥1 ) = 𝑓 (𝑥2 ) ⇒ 𝑥1 = 𝑥2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
5

2. A function f : X → Y is said to be onto (or surjective), if every element of Y is the image of


some element of X under f, i.e., for every 𝑦 ∈ 𝑌 there exists an element 𝑥 ∈ 𝑋 such that f
(x) = y.
3. A function f : X → Y is said to be one-one and onto (or bijective), if f is both one one and onto.

Composition of Functions

Let f : A → B and g : B → C be two functions. Then, the composition of f and g, denoted by g o f, is


defined as the function g o f : A → C given by

g o f (x) = g (f (x)), ∀ x ∈ A.
 If f : A → B and g : B → C are one-one, then g o f : A → C is also one-one
 If f : A → B and g : B → C are onto, then g o f : A → C is also onto.
 Let f : A → B and g : B → C be the given functions such that g o f is one-one. Then f is one-one.
 Let f : A → B and g : B → C be the given functions such that g o f is onto. Then g is onto.

Invertible Function

A function f : X → Y is defined to be invertible, if there exists a function g : Y → X such that g o f =


Ix and f o g = Iy . The function g is called the inverse of f and is denoted by f −1 .

A function f : X → Y is invertible if and only if f is a bijective function.

1. If f : X → Y, g : Y → Z and h : Z → S are functions, then h o (g o f) = (h o g) o f.


2. Let f : X → Y and g : Y → Z be two invertible functions. Then g o f is also invertible with
(g o f)−1 = f −1 o g −1 .

Binary Operations

1. A binary operation * on a set A is a function * : A × A → A.


We denote * (a, b) by a * b.
2. A binary operation * on the set X is called commutative, if a * b = b * a for every a, b ∈ X.
3. A binary operation * : A × A → A is said to be associative
if (a * b) * c = a * (b * c), for every a, b, c ∈ A.
4. Given a binary operation * : A × A → A, an element e ∈ A, if it exists, is called identity for
the operation *, if a * e = a = e * a, ∀ a ∈ A.
5. Given a binary operation * : A × A → A, with the identity element e in A, an element a ∈ A,
is said to be invertible with respect to the operation *, if there exists an element b in A
such that a * b = e = b * a and b is called the inverse of a and is denoted by a−1 .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
6

Ch 1- Relations & Functions

1 or 2 Mark Questions

1. State whether the function 𝑓 ∶ 𝑁 → 𝑁 given by 𝑓(x) = 5x is injective, surjective or both.


2. Let 𝑓 ∶ X → Y be a function. Define a relation R on X given by R = {(𝑎, 𝑏) ∶ 𝑓 (𝑎) =
𝑓(𝑏)}. Show that R is an equivalence relation on X.
3. If the function 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 is given by 𝑓(x) = x 2 + 3x + 1 and 𝑔 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 is given by
𝑔(x) = 2x − 3, then find (i)𝑓o𝑔 and (ii)𝑔o𝑓.

4. Let ∗ be a binary operation on set Q of rational number defined as 𝑎 ∗ 𝑏 =


𝑎𝑏
. Write the identity for ∗, if any.
5

5. For the set A = {1,2,3}, define a relation R in the set A as follows:


𝑅 = {(1,1), (2,2), (3,3), (1,3)}.
Write the ordered pairs to be added to R to make it the smallest equivalence relation.
6. Let R be the equivalence relation in the set Z of integers given by 𝑅=
{(𝑎, 𝑏): 2 divided 𝑎 − 𝑏}. Write the equivalence class [0].
7. In the set N of natural numbers, define the binary operation ∗ by 𝑚 ∗ 𝑛 =
g. 𝑐. 𝑑 (𝑚, 𝑛), 𝑚, 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁. Is the operation * commutative and associative?
8. Let R be a relation on the set N of natural numbers defined by 𝑛𝑅𝑚 if 𝑛 divides 𝑚.Check
whether R is an equivalence relation.

9. If 𝑓 = {(5,2), (6,3)}, g = {(2,5), (3,6)}, write f o g.

10. Is the binary operation * defined on Z (set of integer) by 𝑚 ∗ 𝑛 = 𝑚 − 𝑛 + 𝑚𝑛 ∀ 𝑚, 𝑛 ∈


𝑍 commutative ?
11. Let L denote the set of all straight lines in a plane. Let a relation R be defined by
𝑙𝑅𝑚 if and only if 𝑙 is perpendicular to 𝑚 ∀ 𝑙, 𝑚 ∈ 𝐿. Check whether relation R is reflexive ,
symmetric or transitive.

12. Let 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 be defined by 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 𝑥 2 + 1. Find pre-image of 17 and -3.


13. If set A contains 𝑛 elements then find the total number of injective functions from A onto
itself.
14. Let Z be the set of integers and R be the relation defined in Z such that 𝑎𝑅𝑏 if 𝑎 − 𝑏 is
divisible by 3. Then R partitions the set Z into how many pairwise disjoint subsets?
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
7

15. Let R be the set of real numbers and * be the binary operation defined on R as 𝑎 ∗ 𝑏 = 𝑎 +
𝑏 − 𝑎𝑏 ∀ 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅.Find the identity element with respect to the binary operation * .
16. For real numbers 𝑥 and 𝑦, define 𝑥𝑅𝑦 if and only if 𝑥 − 𝑦 + √2 is an irrational number. Check
whether relation R is reflexive , symmetric or transitive.
17. Consider the set 𝐴 = {1, 2, 3} find the smallest equivalence relation R on A.
18. For sets A, B and C, let 𝑓 ∶ 𝐴 → 𝐵, g ∶ B → C be functions such that g 𝑜 𝑓 is injective. Show
both f and g are injective functions.
19. Let 𝐴 = {1, 2, 3, … 𝑛} and 𝐵 = {𝑎, 𝑏}. Find the number of surjections from A into B.
1
20. Let 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 be defined by 𝑓(𝑥 ) = ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅.Check whether 𝑓 is
𝑥

one one or onto or both.


21. For sets A, B and C, let 𝑓 ∶ 𝐴 → 𝐵, g ∶ B → C be functions such that g o f is surjective .Show
that g is surjective
22. Let N be the set of natural number and * be binary operation in N defined as 𝑎 ∗ 𝑏 = 𝑎 + 𝑏,
∀ 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑁. Find the identity element.
23. Let 𝐴 = {𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐} and the relation R be defined on A as follows:
𝑅 = {(𝑎, 𝑎), (𝑏, 𝑐 ), (𝑎, 𝑏)} .
Then, write minimum number of ordered pairs to be added in R to make R reflexive and
transitive.
24. Let the function 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 be defined by 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥, ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅. Show that f is neither one-
one nor onto.
25. If functions 𝑓: 𝐴 → 𝐵 and g ∶ 𝐵 → 𝐴 satisfy g o f = IA , then show that f is one-one and g is
onto.
26. Find maximum number of equivalence relations on the set 𝐴 = {1, 2, 3}.
𝑎𝑏
27. Find identity element for the binary operation * defined on Q~{0} as 𝑎 ∗ 𝑏 = ∀ 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈
2

𝑄~{0}.
28. If the set A contains 5 elements and the set B contains 6 elements, then find the number of
one-one and onto mappings from A to B.

𝑥
29. Let 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 be defined by 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 3𝑥 2 − 5 and g ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 by g(𝑥 ) = . Find g o f.
𝑥 2 +1

30. Let 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 be the function defined by 𝑓(𝑥 ) = sin(3𝑥 + 2) ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅. Check whether f is


invertible.
31. An integer m is said to be related to another integer n if m is a integral multiple of n .Check
whether given relation is an equivalence relation.
32. Let * be binary operation, on the set of all non-zero real numbers, given by 𝑎 ∗ 𝑏 =
𝑎𝑏
for all 𝑎, 𝑏 ∈ 𝑅 − {0}. Find the value of 𝑥, given that 2 ∗ (𝑥 ∗ 5) = 10.
5
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
8

4 or 6 Marks Question(6 mark question can be asked in combination)

33. If 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = (4 − (𝑥 − 7)3 }, then 𝑓𝑖𝑛𝑑 𝑓 −1 (𝑥 ).


34. Let 𝐴 = ℝ × ℝ and ∗ be the binary operation on A defined by (𝑎, 𝑏) ∗ (𝑐, 𝑑 ) =
(𝑎 + 𝑐, 𝑏 + 𝑑 ). Show that ∗ is commutative and associative. Find the identity element for ∗
on A.
𝑥
35. Show that the function 𝑓 ∶ 𝑅 → 𝑅 defined by 𝑓(𝑥 ) = , ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅 , is neither one –one nor
𝑥 2 +1

onto.
36. Let 𝑓, g ∶ R → R be two functions defined as 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = |𝑥| + 𝑥 and g(𝑥 ) = |𝑥| − 𝑥 ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅
Then, find f o g and g o f.
37. Show that the relation R in the set 𝐴 = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5} given by R = {(𝑎, 𝑏): |𝑎 − 𝑏|is divisible
by 2} is an equivalence relation. Write all the equivalence classes of R.
38. Let 𝑓: 𝑁 → 𝑁 be a function defined as 𝑓(𝑥 ) = 9𝑥 2 + 6𝑥 − 5. Show that𝑓: 𝑁 →
𝑆, Where S is the range of 𝑓, is invertible. Find the inverse of 𝑓 and hence , find 𝑓 −1 (43) and
𝑓 −1 (163).

39. In the set of natural numbers N, define a relation R as follows:


∀ 𝑛, 𝑚 ∈ 𝑁, 𝑛𝑅𝑚 if on division by 5 each of the integers n and m leaves the remainder less
than 5, i.e. one of the numbers 0,1,2,3 and 4. Show that R is equivalence relation. Also, obtain
the pairwise disjoint subsets determined by R.
40. Let 𝐴 = {1, 2, 3, … 9} and R be the relation in 𝐴 × 𝐴 defined by (𝑎, 𝑏) 𝑅 (𝑐, 𝑑 ) if 𝑎 + 𝑑 = 𝑏 +
𝑐 for (𝑎, 𝑏), (𝑐, 𝑑) in 𝐴 × 𝐴. Prove that R is an equivalence relation and also obtain the
equivalent class [(2, 5)].

41. Using the definition, prove that the function 𝑓: 𝐴 → 𝐵 is invertible if and only if 𝑓 is both one-
one and onto.

42. Consider the binary operations ∗∶ 𝑅 × 𝑅 → 𝑅 defined as 𝑎 ∗ 𝑏 = |𝑎 − 𝑏| and 𝑎𝑜𝑏 =


𝑎. For all 𝑎, 𝑏 𝜖 𝑅. Show that ∗
is commutative but not associative, ′o′ is associative but not commutative.

𝑥−2
43. Let 𝐴 = 𝑅 − {3}, 𝐵 = 𝑅 − {1}. Let 𝑓 ∶ 𝐴 → 𝐵 be defined by 𝑓(𝑥 ) = ∀ 𝑥 ∈ 𝐴. Then
𝑥−3

show that f is bijective.

44. Let ∗ be a binary operation on Q, defined by 𝑎 ∗ 𝑏 = 3𝑎𝑏 5. Show that ∗ is


commutative as well as associative. Also, find its identity, if it exists.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
9

45. Let R be relation defined on the set of natural number N as follows:


𝑅 = {(𝑥, 𝑦): 𝑥 ∈ 𝑁, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑁, 2𝑥 + 𝑦 = 41 }. Find the domain and range of the relation R. Also
verify whether R is reflexive, symmetric and transitive.

46. Let 𝐴 = [−1, 1]. Then, discuss whether the following functions defined on A are one-one,
onto or bijective:
𝑥
(A) 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = (B) g(𝑥 ) = |𝑥|
2

(C) ℎ(𝑥 ) = 𝑥|𝑥| (D) 𝑘(𝑥 ) = 𝑥 2


47. Each of the following defines a relation on N:
(i) 𝑥 is greater than 𝑦, 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑁
(ii) 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 10, 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑁
(iii) 𝑥 𝑦 is square of an integer 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑁
(iv) 𝑥 + 4𝑦 = 10 𝑥, 𝑦 ∈ 𝑁.

Determine which of the above relations are reflexive, symmetric and transitive.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
10

Answers

1. injective but not surjective


2. NA
3. (i) 𝟒𝒙𝟐 − 𝟔𝒙 + 𝟏 (ii) 𝟐𝒙𝟐 + 𝟔𝒙 − 𝟏
4. 5
5. (3, 1)
6. [𝟎] = {𝟎, ±𝟐, ±𝟒, ±𝟔, … }
7. Yes, both commutative and associative
8. Reflexive, transitive but not symmetric
9. 𝒇 𝒐 𝐠 = {(𝟐, 𝟐), (𝟑, 𝟑)}
10. Not commutative
11. Symmetric only
12. {𝟒, −𝟒}, 𝝓
13. n!
14. Three
15. Zero
16. Reflexive only
17. 𝑹 = {(𝟏, 𝟏), (𝟐, 𝟐), (𝟑, 𝟑)}
18. NA
19. 𝟐𝒏 − 𝟐
20. 𝒇 is not defined
21. NA
22. No identity
23. (𝒃, 𝒃), (𝒄, 𝒄), (𝒂, 𝒄)
24. NA
25. NA
26. 5
27. 2
28. 0
𝟑𝒙𝟐 −𝟓
29.
𝟗𝒙𝟒 −𝟑𝟎𝒙𝟐+𝟐𝟔

30. No
31. No
32. TBD
𝟏
−𝟏 (
33. 𝒇 𝒙) = 𝟕 + (𝟒 − 𝒙) 𝟑

34. TBD
35. NA
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
11

36. (𝒈𝒐𝒇)(𝒙) = 𝟎
𝟎, 𝒙>𝟎
(𝒇𝒐𝒈)(𝒙) = {
−𝟒𝒙, 𝒙<𝟎
37. TBD
38. TBD
39. 𝑨𝟏 = {𝟏, 𝟔, 𝟏𝟏, 𝟏𝟔, … }, 𝑨𝟐 = {𝟐, 𝟕, 𝟏𝟐, … }, 𝑨𝟑 = {𝟑, 𝟖, 𝟏𝟐, … }, 𝑨𝟒 = {𝟒, 𝟗, 𝟏𝟒, … }, 𝑨𝟓 =
{𝟓, 𝟏𝟎, 𝟏𝟓, … }
40. {(𝟏, 𝟒), (𝟐, 𝟓), (𝟑, 𝟔), (𝟒, 𝟕), (𝟓, 𝟖), (𝟔, 𝟗)}
41. NA
42. NA
43. NA
𝟓
44. 𝒆 =
𝟑

45. Domain 𝑹 = {𝟏, 𝟐, 𝟑, 𝟒, … , 𝟐𝟎} and Range of 𝑹 = {𝟏, 𝟑, 𝟓, 𝟕, 𝟗, … , 𝟑𝟗}


R is neither Reflexive nor Symmetric and nor Transitive
46. (A) one one but not onto (B) neither one one nor onto
(C) 𝒉 is bijective (D) 𝒌 is neither one one nor onto
47. (i) Transitive (ii) Symmetric
(iii) Reflexive, symmetric ,Transitive (iv) Transitive

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
12

Chapter 2 INVERSE TRIGONOMETRIC FUNCTIONS

Inverse of a function ‘f ’ exists, if the function is one-one and onto, i.e, bijective. Since
trigonometric functions are many-one over their domains, we restrict their domains and co-
domains in order to make them one-one and onto and then find their inverse.

The domains and ranges (principal value branches) of inverse trigonometric functions are given
below:

Functions Domain Range (Principal value branches)

−𝜋 𝜋
𝑦 = sin−1 𝑥 [−1, 1] [ , ]
2 2

𝑦 = cos −1 𝑥 [−1, 1] [0, 𝜋]

−𝜋 𝜋
𝑦 = cosec −1 𝑥 R − (−1, 1) [ , ] − {0}
2 2

𝜋
𝑦 = sec −1 𝑥 R − (−1, 1) [0, 𝜋] − { }
2

−𝜋 𝜋
𝑦 = tan−1 𝑥 R ( , )
2 2

𝑦 = cot −1 𝑥 R (0, 𝜋)

Graph of an inverse trigonometric function

The graph of an inverse trigonometric function can be obtained from the graph of original
function by interchanging x-axis and y-axis, i.e, if (a, b) is a point on the graph of trigonometric
function, then (b, a) becomes the corresponding point on the graph of its inverse trigonometric
function.

It can be shown that the graph of an inverse function can be obtained from the corresponding
graph of original function as a mirror image (i.e., reflection) along the line y = x.

Properties of inverse trigonometric functions

−𝜋 𝜋
1. sin−1 (sin 𝑥 ) = 𝑥 : 𝑥∈[ , ]
2 2

cos −1 (cos 𝑥 ) = 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ [0, 𝜋]


−𝜋 𝜋
tan−1 (tan 𝑥 ) = 𝑥 : 𝑥∈( , )
2 2

cot −1 (cot 𝑥 ) = 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ (0, 𝜋)


𝜋
sec −1 (sec 𝑥 ) = 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ [0, 𝜋] − { }
2
−𝜋 𝜋
cosec −1 (cosec 𝑥) = 𝑥 : 𝑥∈[ , ] − {0}
2 2
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
13

2. sin (sin−1 𝑥 ) = 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ [−1, 1]


cos (cos−1 𝑥) = 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ [−1, 1]
tan (tan−1 𝑥 ) = 𝑥 : 𝑥∈R
cot (cot −1 𝑥) = 𝑥 : 𝑥∈R
sec (sec −1 𝑥 ) = 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ R − (−1, 1)
cosec (cosec −1 𝑥) = 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ R − (−1, 1)

1
3. sin−1 ( ) = cosec −1 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ R − (−1, 1)
𝑥
1
cos −1 ( ) = sec −1 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ R − (−1, 1)
𝑥
1
tan−1 ( ) = cot −1 𝑥 : 𝑥>0
𝑥

4. sin−1 (−𝑥 ) = −sin−1 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ [−1, 1]


cos −1 (−𝑥) = 𝜋 − cos−1 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ [−1, 1]
tan−1 (−𝑥 ) = −tan−1 𝑥 : 𝑥∈R
cot −1 (−𝑥) = 𝜋 − cot −1 𝑥 : 𝑥∈R
sec −1 (−𝑥 ) = 𝜋 − sec −1 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ R − (−1, 1)
cosec −1 (−𝑥) = −cosec −1 𝑥 : 𝑥 ∈ R − (−1, 1)

𝜋
5. sin−1 𝑥 + cos −1 𝑥 = : 𝑥 ∈ [−1, 1]
2
𝜋
tan−1 𝑥 + cot −1 𝑥 = : 𝑥∈R
2
𝜋
sec −1 𝑥 + cosec −1 𝑥 = : 𝑥 ∈ R − [−1, 1]
2

𝑥+𝑦
6. tan−1 𝑥 + tan−1 𝑦 = tan−1 ( ) : 𝑥𝑦 < 1
1−𝑥𝑦
𝑥−𝑦
tan−1 𝑥 − tan−1 𝑦 = tan−1 ( ) : 𝑥𝑦 > −1
1+𝑥𝑦

2𝑥
7. 2tan−1 𝑥 = sin−1 : −1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1
1+𝑥 2
1−𝑥 2
−1
2tan 𝑥 = cos −1 : 𝑥≥0
1+𝑥 2
2𝑥
2tan−1 𝑥 = tan−1 : −1 < 𝑥 < 1
1−𝑥 2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
14

Ch 2- Inverse Trigonometric Functions

1 OR 2 Marks Question

𝑎 𝑎−𝑏
1. Write the value of 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( ) − 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )
𝑏 𝑎+𝑏

2. Evaluate tan(tan−1 (−4)).


3. Prove that tan(𝑐𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥 ) = cot(tan−1 𝑥 ). State with reason whether the equality is valid for all
values of 𝑥.
5
4. Find the value of sin [2cot −1 (− ) ] .
12
2𝑥
5. If |𝑥| ≤ 1, then find 2 tan−1 𝑥 + sin−1 ( ).
1+𝑥 2

6. (q.36) Find the number of real solutions of the equation √1 + cos 2𝑥 =


π
√2 cos −1 (cos 𝑥) in [2 , π].
1 4
7. Evaluate cos [𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 + 𝑠𝑒𝑐 −1 ].
4 3

8. Find the value of sin (2 sin−1 (. 6)) .


𝜋
9. If sin−1 𝑥 + sin−1 𝑦 = , then find the value of cos−1 𝑥 + cos −1 𝑦 .
2
y
10. Find the value of sec (tan−1 ) .
2
8
11. Find value of tan (cos−1 𝑥) and hence evaluae tan (cos−1 ).
17
1
12. Solve tan−1 𝑥 − cot −1 𝑥 = tan−1 ( ).
√3

13. Find α and β if 𝛼 ≤ 2 sin−1 𝑥 + cos −1 𝑥 ≤ 𝛽.


1
14. Find the value of the expression sin (2 tan−1 ) + cos(tan−1 2√2).
3
1 1
15. Show that cos (2 tan−1 ) = sin (4 tan−1 ) .
7 3
3
16. Solve the following equation cos(𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥) = sin (cot −1 ) .
4
33π
17. Find the value of sin−1 (cos ( )).
5

18. Find the value of sin(2 tan−1 (. 75))


7
19. Find the value of cot [cos −1 ( )].
25
1 2
20. Find the value of the expression tan ( cos −1 ).
2 √5

21. Find the value of cos (sin−1 𝑥 + cos−1 𝑥), |𝑥| ≤ 1 .


sin−1 𝑥+cos−1 𝑥 √3
22. Find the value of expression tan ( ) , when 𝑥 = .
2 2

4 Marks Questions

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
15

1 5√ 2 1 𝜋
23. Prove that 2 tan−1 ( ) + sec −1 ( ) + 2 tan−1 ( ) = .
5 7 8 4
𝜋
24. If tan−1 𝑥 + tan−1 𝑦 = 𝑥𝑦 < 1, then write the value of 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑥𝑦.
4

1 3 4−√7
25. Show that tan ( sin−1 ) = .
2 4 3
cos x π x π π
26. Prove that tan−1 ( ) = − , x ∈ (− , )
1+sin x 4 2 2 2

1 2 1 4
27. Prove that tan−1 + tan−1 = tan−1 .
4 9 2 3

π
28. If 2 tan−1 (cos θ) = tan−1 (2 cosec θ), then show that θ =
4

where 𝑛 is any integer.

1 1
29. Find the value of 4tan−1 − tan−1 .
5 239
1 3 4−√7 4+√7
30. Show that tan ( sin−1 ) = and justify why the other value is ignored?
2 4 3 3

1
31. Solve for x, cos( 2 sin−1 x) = , x > 0.
9

2x 1−x2 π
32. Solve for x, tan−1 ( 2 ) + cot
−1
( )= −1 < 𝑥 < 1
1−x 2x 3

1+x2
33. Prove that cos[tan−1 {sin (cot −1 x)}] = √ .
2+x2

34. Prove that cot −1 7 + cot −1 8 + cot −1 18 = cot −1 3


2𝑎 1−𝑎2 2𝑥
35. If sin−1 ( 2
) + cos −1 ( ) = tan−1 ( ) , where 𝑎, 𝑥 ∈
1+𝑎 1+𝑎2 1−𝑥 2

]0, 1[ then find the value of 𝑥.


36. Which is greater, tan 1 or tan−1 1 ?
−𝜋 −4
37. Show that 2tan−1 (−3) = + tan−1 ( ).
2 3
𝜋
38. Find the real solution of the equation tan−1 √𝑥(𝑥 + 1) + sin−1 √𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 1 = .
2
2
39. Find the value of sin ( 2 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ) + cos(𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 √3) .
3

40. Solve for 𝑥


1−𝑥 1
tan−1 ( ) = tan−1 𝑥, 𝑥 > 0
1+𝑥 2
√1+𝑥 2 +√1−𝑥 2 π 1
41. Prove that tan−1 ( ) = + cos−1 𝑥 2
√1+𝑥 2 −√1−𝑥 2 4 2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
16

3 4 −3𝜋 𝜋
42. Find the simplified form of cos −1 ( cos 𝑥 + sin 𝑥) , where 𝑥 ∈ [ , ].
5 5 4 4

43. Find the values of 𝑥 which satisfy the equation


sin−1 𝑥 + sin−1 (1 − 𝑥 ) = cos −1 𝑥.
π
44. Solve the equation sin−1 6𝑥 + sin−1 6√3𝑥 = −
2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
17

Answers
𝜋
1.
4

2. −4
3. Valid for all values of 𝑥 since 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 = 𝑐𝑜𝑡 −1 𝑥 are true for 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅
−120
4.
169

5. 4 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥
6. 0
3√15−√17
7.
16

8. 0.96
𝜋
9.
2

√4+𝑦 2
10.
2
15
11.
8

12. 𝑥 − √3
13. 𝛼 = 0, 𝛽 = 𝜋
14
14.
15

15. NA
3 3
16. − ,
4 4
𝜋
17. −
10

18. 0.96
7
19.
24

20. √5 − 2
21. 0
22. 1
23. NA
24. TBD
25. NA
26. NA
27. NA
28. NA
𝜋
29.
4

30. NA
2
31.
3

32. 2 − √3

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
18

33. NA
34. NA
29
35.
1−𝑎2

36. tan 1 > tan−1


37. NA
38. 0, −1
37
39.
26
1
40. 𝑥=
√3

41. NA
4
42. 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 − 𝑥
3
1
43. 𝑥 = 0 or 𝑥 =
2
1
44. 𝑥=±
12

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
19

Chapter 3 Matrices

A matrix is an ordered rectangular array of numbers (or functions).

1 4 3
A = [4 3 1]
3 1 4

The numbers (or functions) are called the elements or the entries of the matrix. The horizontal
lines of elements are said to constitute rows of the matrix and the vertical lines of elements are
said to constitute columns of the matrix.

Order of a Matrix

A matrix having m rows and n columns is called a matrix of order m × n.

An m × n matrix has the following rectangular array :

𝑎11 𝑎12 𝑎13 … 𝑎1𝑛


𝑎21 𝑎22 𝑎23 … 𝑎2𝑛
A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ]𝑚×𝑛 =[ ⋮ ⋮ ⋮ ] 1 ≤ 𝑖 ≤ 𝑚, 1 ≤ 𝑗 ≤ 𝑛 𝑖, 𝑗 ∈ 𝑁.
𝑎𝑚1 𝑎𝑚2 𝑎𝑚3 … 𝑎𝑚𝑛
𝑚×𝑛

The element, 𝑎𝑖𝑗 is an element lying in the 𝑖𝑡ℎ row and 𝑗𝑡ℎ column and is known as the
(𝑖, 𝑗)𝑡ℎ element of A.

The number of elements in an m × n matrix will be equal to mn.

Types of Matrices

1. A matrix is said to be a row matrix if it has only one row.


2. A matrix is said to be a column matrix if it has only one column.
3. A matrix in which the number of rows are equal to the number of columns, is said to be a
square matrix.
4. A square matrix is said to be a diagonal matrix if it’s all non-diagonal elements are zero.
5. A diagonal matrix is said to be a scalar matrix if its diagonal elements are equal.
6. A square matrix in which elements in the diagonal are all 1 and rest are all zeroes is called an
identity matrix.
7. A matrix is said to be zero matrix or null matrix if all its elements are zeroes. We denote zero
matrix by O.

Equal Matrices : Two matrices A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ] and B = [𝑏𝑖𝑗 ] are said to be equal if

i) they are of the same order, and


ii) each element of A is equal to the corresponding element of B, that is, 𝑎𝑖𝑗 = 𝑏𝑖𝑗 for all i
and j.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
20

Additon of Matrices

Two matrices can be added if they are of the same order.

Multiplication of Matrix by a Scalar

If A = is a matrix and 𝑘 is a scalar, then 𝑘A is another matrix which is obtained by multiplying


each [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ]𝑚×𝑛 element of A by a scalar 𝑘, i.e. 𝑘A = [𝑘𝑎𝑖𝑗 ]𝑚×𝑛

Negative of a Matrix

The negative of a matrix A is denoted by –A. We define –A = (–1)A.

Multiplication of Matrices

The multiplication of two matrices A and B is defined if the number of columns of A is equal to
the number of rows of B.

Let A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ] be an m × n matrix and B = [𝑏𝑗𝑘 ] be an n × p matrix. Then the product of the
matrices A and B is the matrix C of order m × p. To get the (𝑖, 𝑘 )𝑡ℎ element 𝑐𝑖𝑘 of the matrix C, we
take the 𝑖𝑡ℎ row of A and 𝑘 𝑡ℎ column of B, multiply them elementwise and take the sum of all these
products i.e.,

𝑐𝑖𝑘 = 𝑎𝑖1 𝑏1𝑘 + 𝑎𝑖2 𝑏2𝑘 + 𝑎𝑖3 𝑏3𝑘 + ... + 𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑏𝑛𝑘

The matrix C = [𝑐𝑖𝑘 ]𝑚×𝑝 is the product of A and B.

Transpose of a Matrix

If A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ] be an m × n matrix, then the matrix obtained by interchanging the rows and columns
of A is called the transpose of A.

Properties of transpose of the matrices .

(i) (AT )T = A,

(i) (𝑘A)T = 𝑘AT (where 𝑘 is any constant


(ii) (A + B)T = AT + B T
(iii) (AB)T = B T AT

Symmetric Matrix and Skew Symmetric Matrix

1. A square matrix A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ] is said to be symmetric if AT = A.


2. A square matrix A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ] is said to be skew symmetric matrix if AT = –A.
Note : Diagonal elements of a skew symmetric matrix are zero.
3. For any square matrix A with real number entries, A + AT is a symmetric matrix and A – AT is a
skew symmetric matrix.
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
21

4. Any square matrix A can be expressed as the sum of a symmetric matrix and a skew
symmetric matrix, that is
(A + AT ) (A − AT )
A= +
2 2

Invertible Matrices

If A is a square matrix of order m × m, and if there exists another square matrix B of the same
order m × m, such that AB = BA = I𝑚 , then, A is said to be invertible matrix and B is called the
inverse matrix of A and it is denoted by A−1.

 (Uniqueness of inverse) Inverse of a square matrix, if it exists, is unique.


 If A and B are invertible matrices of same order, then (AB)−1 = B −1 A−1 .

Inverse of a Matrix using Elementary Row or Column Operations

 To find A−1 using elementary row operations, write A = IA and apply a sequence of row
operations on (A = IA) till we get, I = BA. The matrix B will be the inverse of A.
 To find A−1 using column operations, then, write A = AI and apply a sequence of column
operations on A = AI till we get, I = AB.

Note : In case, after applying one or more elementary row (or column) operations on A = IA (or A
= AI), if we obtain all zeros in one or more rows of the matrix A on L.H.S., then A−1 does not exist.

Note:

1. Null matrix is both symmetric and skew symmetric matrix.


2. Sum of two skew symmetric matrices is always Skew Symmetric matrix.
3. The product of any matrix by the scalar zero is the null matrix.
4. If A is a symmetric matrix, then A3 is a symmetric matrix.
5. If A is a skew symmetric matrix, then A2 is a symmetric.
6. If A and B are square matrices of the same order, then
(i) (AB)’=B´𝐴´.
(ii) (kA)´=KA´ (k is any scalar)
(iii) [k (A−B)]’=K (A´-B´)
7. If A is skew symmetric, then kA is a skew symmetric matrix (k is any scalar)

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
22

Ch 3- Matrices

1 or 2 Marks Questions

cos α − sin α
1. If A = [ ] , then for what value of α, A is an identity matrix?
sin α cos α

0 1 −2
2. For what value of x, is the matrix A = [−1 0 3 ] a skew − symmetric matrix?
x −3 0

3. If matrix A = [1 2 3], then write the AA′ .


[HOTS; Delhi
2009]
6 5
4. Using Elementary Row Transformation (ERT), find inverse of matrix A = [ ].
5 4

5. Show that a matrix which is both symmetric and skew symmetric is a zero matrix.

6. If A = 3 × 3 invertible matrix, then show that for any scalar 𝑘 (non − zero), 𝑘A is
1
invertible and (𝑘A)−1 = A−1 .
𝑘

7. If A and B are matrices of same order, then find (3A-2B)’ .

8. Construct a 3 × 2 matrix whose elements are given by 𝑎𝑖𝑗 = 𝑒 𝑖.𝑥 sin𝑗𝑥


3 1 −1 2 1 −1
9. If X = [ ] and Y = [ ] , find
5 −2 −3 7 2 4
(i) X+Y
(ii) 2X − 3Y
(iii) A matrix Z such that X + Y + Z is a zero matrix.
10. Find non-zero values of 𝑥 satisfying
the matrix equation:
2𝑥 2 8 5𝑥 (𝑥 2 + 8) 24
𝑥[ ] +2[ ] = 2[ ].
3 𝑥 4 4𝑥 (10) 6𝑥

11. Find the total number of possible matrices of order 3 × 3 with each entry 2 or 0.
𝑥 𝑥
1
sin−1 (𝑥𝜋) tan−1 ( ) 1
−cos −1 (𝑥𝜋) tan−1 ( )
𝜋 𝜋
12. If A = [ ] , B = [ ] , then
π −1 𝑥 −1 ( 𝜋 −1 𝑥 −1
sin ( ) cot 𝜋𝑥 ) sin ( ) −tan (𝜋𝑥)
𝜋 𝜋

Find the value of A − B .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
23

13. If A and B are two matrices of the order 3 × 𝑚 and 3 × 𝑛, respectively , and 𝑚 =
𝑛, then find the order of matrix (5A − 2B).
14. If matrix A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ]2×2 , where 𝑎𝑖𝑗 = 1 if 𝑖 ≠ 𝑗

= 0 if 𝑖 = 𝑗

then find the value of A2 .


15. (If A is a square matrix such that A2 = I, then find the value of (A − I)3 + (A+I)3 −
7A .
16. Apply elementary column operations C2 → C2 − 2C1 in the following matrix equation
1 −3 1 −1 3 1
[ ]=[ ] [ ].
2 4 0 1 2 4
17. Apply elementary row operation R1 → 3R1 − 3R 2 in the following
−5 −7 1 −7 2 0
[ ]=[ ] [ ]
3 3 0 3 1 1

18. If A and B are symmetric matrices, then find BA − 2AB .


19. If A is symmetric matrix, then what about B’ AB.
20. (463.q.2) Write the number of all possible matrices of order 2 × 2 with each entry 1, 2
or 3.
0 𝑎 3
21. If the matrix [2 𝑏 −1] is a skew symmetric matrix, find the values of 𝑎, 𝑏 and 𝑐.
𝑐 1 0

4 Marks Question

22. Find the matrix A such that


2 −1 −1 −8 −10
[1 0 ] A = [ 1 −2 −5 ] .
−3 4 9 22 15
cos α sin α
23. If A = [ ] , and A−1 = A′ , find value of α.
− sin α cos α
2 3
24. Let A = [ ] . Then show that
−1 2
A2 − 4A + 7I = O. Using this result calculate A5 also.
25. Find the value of 𝑥 if
1 3 2 1
[1 𝑥 1] [ 2 5 1] [2] = O.
15 3 2 𝑥
cos 𝑥 sin 𝑥
26. If 𝑃(𝑥 ) = [ ] , then show that 𝑃(𝑥 ) . 𝑃(𝑦) = 𝑃(𝑥 + 𝑦) = 𝑃(𝑦) . 𝑃(𝑥 ).
− sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
27. If A is square matrix such that A2 = A, show that (I + A)3 = 7A + I.
28. If A, B are square matrices of same order and B is a skew-symmetric matrix, show that
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
24

A ‘BA is skew symmetric.


29. Show that A =
5 3
[ ] satisfies the equation A2 − 3A − 7I = O and hence find A−1 .
−1 −2
30. Find the matrix A satisfying the
matrix equation:
2 1 −3 2 1 0
[ ]A[ ]=[ ]
3 2 5 −3 0 1
4 −4 8 4
31. Find A, if [1] A = [−1 2 1]
3 −3 6 3
32. Show that A’A and AA’ are both
symmetric matrices for any matrix A.
33. If A = [3 5], B =
[7 3], then find a non − zero marix C such that AC = BC.
34. If :
−1 0 −1 1
[2 1 3] [−1 1 0 ] [ 0 ] = A, find A.
0 1 1 −1
35. Show that if A and B are square
matrices such that AB = BA, then (A + B)2 = A2 + 2AB + B 2 .
36. If A =
cosθ sinθ cos2θ sin2θ
[ ] , then show that A2 = [ ].
−sinθ cosθ −sin2θ cos2θ
1 5 9 1
37. If A = [ ] and B = [ ] , find a matrix C such that 3A + 5B + 2C is a null
7 12 7 8
Matrix.
3 −5
38. If A = [ ] , then find A2 − 5A − 14I. Hence, obtain A3.
−4 2
39. If AB = BA for any two square matrices, prove by mathematical induction that
(AB)𝑛 = A𝑛 B𝑛 .
0 2𝑦 𝑧
40. Find 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 if A = [𝑥 𝑦 −𝑧] satisfies A′ = A−1.
𝑥 −𝑦 𝑧
2 3 1
41. Express the matrix [1 −1 2] as the sum of symmetric and a skew symmetric matrix.
4 1 2
0 −𝑥
42. If A = [ ], B=
𝑥 0
0 1
[ ] and 𝑥 2 = −1, then show that (A + B)2 = A2 + B 2 .
1 0
43. Prove by Mathematical Induction
that (A′ )𝑛 = (A𝑛 )′ , where 𝑛 ∈ 𝑁 for any square matrix A.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
25

44. Find inverse, by elementary row


operations (if possible), of the following matrices
1 3 1 −3
(i) [ ] (ii) [ ] .
−5 7 −2 6
45. The monthly incomes of Aryan and Babban are in the ratio 3 : 4 and their monthly
expenditures are in the ratio 5 : 7. If each saves Rs. 15,000 per month, find their monthly
incomes
using matrix method. This problem reflects which values ?

6 Marks Questions

46. If possible, using elementary row transformations, find the inverse of the following
matrices
2 −1 3 2 3 −3 2 0 −1
(i) [−5 3 1] (ii) [−1 −2 2 ] (iii) [5 1 0]
−3 2 3 1 1 −1 0 1 3
8 4 3
47. Using elementary transformations, find the inverse of the matrix A = (2 1 1) and
1 2 2
use it to solve the following system of linear equations :
8𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 3𝑧 = 19
2𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧 = 5
𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 2𝑧 = 7

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
26

Answers

1. 𝛼 = 0°
2. 𝑥 = 2
3. 𝐴𝐴′ = [14]
−4 5
4. 𝐴−1 = [ ]
5 −6
5. NA
6. NA
7. 3𝐴1 − 2𝐵1
𝑒 𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑒 𝑥 sin 2𝑥
8. [𝑒 2𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑒 2𝑥 sin 2𝑥 ]
𝑒 3𝑥 sin 𝑥 𝑒 3𝑥 sin 2𝑥
5 2 −2 0 −1 1 −5 −2 2
9. (i) [ ] (ii) [ ] (iii) [ ]
12 0 1 −11 −10 18 −12 0 −1
10. 𝑥=4
11. 512
1
12. I
2

13. 3×𝑛
14. I
15. A
1 −5 1 −1 3 −5
16. [ ]=[ ][ ]
2 0 0 1 2 0
−5 −7 1 −7 2 0
17. [ ]=[ ]=[ ]
3 3 0 3 1 1
18. Neither symmetric nor skew symmetric matrix
19. Symmetric matrix
20. 34
21. 𝑎 = −2, 𝑏 = 0, 𝑐 = −3
1 −2 −5
22. 𝐴=[ ]
3 4 0
23. True for all real values of 𝛼
−118 −93
24. 𝐴5 = [ ]
31 −118
25. 𝑥 = −2, −14
26. NA
27. NA
28. NA
1 −2 −3
29. 𝐴−1 = − [ ]
7 1 5
1 1
30. 𝐴=[ ]
1 0
31. 𝐴 = [−1 2 1]
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
27

32. NA
𝑘 𝑘 𝑘
33. 𝑐 = [ ] ,[ ]etc ∀ 𝑘 ∈ 𝑅
2𝑘 2𝑘 2𝑘
34. 𝐴 = [−4]
35. NA
36. NA
−24 −10
37. 𝑐=[ ]
−28 −38
187 −195
38. 𝐴3 = [ ]
−156 148
39. NA
1 1 1
40. 𝑥=± ,𝑦 = ± ,𝑧 = ±
√2 √6 √3
5 3
2 2 0 1 −
2 2
3 1
41. 2 −1 −1 0
2 2
5 3 3 1
[2 2] [ − 0]
2 2 2

42. NA
43. NA
1 7 −3
44. (i) [ ] (ii) Not possible
22 5 1
45. TBD
−7 −9 10
46. (i) [−12 −15 17 ] (ii) Inverse does not exist
1 1 −1
3 −1 1
(iii) [−15 6 −5]
5 −2 2
47. TBD

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
28

Chapter 4 DETERMINANTS

To every square matrix A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ] of order n, we can associate a number (real or complex) called
determinant of the matrix A.

𝑎 𝑏
If A = [ ] , then determinant of A, denoted by |A|
𝑐 𝑑

|𝐴| = |𝑎 𝑏
| = 𝑎𝑑 – 𝑏𝑐.
𝑐 𝑑

Determinant of a matrix of order one

Let A = [a] be the matrix of order 1, then determinant of A is defined to be equal to a.

Determinant of a matrix of order two

𝑎 𝑏
Let A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ] = [ ] be a matrix of order 2. Then the determinant of A is defined as: det (A) =
𝑐 𝑑
|A| = ad – bc.

Determinant of a matrix of order three

There are six ways of expanding a determinant of order 3 corresponding to each of three rows
(𝑅1 , 𝑅2 and 𝑅3 ) and three columns (𝐶1 , 𝐶2 and 𝐶3 ) and each way gives the same value.

Consider the determinant of a square matrix A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗]3×3 , i.e.,

𝑎11 𝑎12 𝑎13


|A| = |𝑎21 𝑎22 𝑎23 |
𝑎31 𝑎32 𝑎33

Expanding |A| along C1 , we get

𝑎 𝑎23 2+1 𝑎12 𝑎13 3+1 𝑎12 𝑎13


|A| = 𝑎11 (−1)1+1 |𝑎22 𝑎33 | + 𝑎21 (−1) |𝑎 𝑎33 | + 𝑎31 ( −1) |𝑎 𝑎23 |
32 32 22

= 𝑎11 (𝑎22 𝑎33 − 𝑎23 𝑎32 ) − 𝑎21 (𝑎12 𝑎33 − 𝑎13 𝑎32 ) + 𝑎31 (𝑎12 𝑎23 − 𝑎13 𝑎22 )

Properties of Determinants

For any square matrix A, |A| satisfies the following properties.

1. |A′| = |A|, where A′ = transpose of matrix A.


2. If we interchange any two rows (or columns), then sign of the determinant changes.
3. If any two rows or any two columns in a determinant are identical (or proportional), then
the value of the determinant is zero.
4. Multiplying a determinant by k means multiplying the elements of only one row (or one
column) by 𝑘.
5. If we multiply each element of a row (or a column) of a determinant by constant 𝑘, then
value of the determinant is multiplied by 𝑘.
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
29

6. If elements of a row (or a column) in a determinant can be expressed as the sum of two or
more elements, then the given determinant can be expressed as the sum of two or more
determinants.
7. If to each element of a row (or a column) of a determinant the equimultiples of
corresponding elements of other rows (columns) are added, then value of determinant
remains same.

Notes:

1. If all the elements of a row (or column) are zeros, then the value of the determinant is
zero.
2. If value of determinant ‘∆’ becomes zero by substituting x = α, then x – α is a factor of ‘∆’.
3. If all the elements of a determinant above or below the main diagonal consists of zeros,
then the value of the determinant is equal to the product of diagonal elements.

Area of a triangle

Area of a triangle with vertices (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ) and (𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ) is given by

1 𝑥1 𝑦1 1
∆= |𝑥2 𝑦2 1|
2 𝑥 𝑦3 1
3

Minors and co-factors

1. Minor of an element 𝑎𝑖𝑗 of the determinant of matrix A is the determinant obtained by


deleting 𝑖𝑡ℎ row and 𝑗𝑡ℎ column, and it is denoted by M𝑖𝑗 .
2. Co-factor of an element 𝑎𝑖𝑗 is given by A𝑖𝑗 = (−1)𝑖+𝑗 M𝑖𝑗 .
3. Value of determinant of a matrix A is obtained by the sum of products of elements of a row
(or a column) with corresponding co-factors. For example
|A| = 𝑎11 A11 + 𝑎12 A12 + 𝑎13 A13 .
4. If elements of a row (or column) are multiplied with co-factors of elements of any other row
(or column), then their sum is zero. For example,
𝑎11 A21 + 𝑎12 A22 + 𝑎23 A13 = 0 .

Adjoint and inverse of a matrix

The adjoint of a square matrix A = [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ]𝑛×𝑛 is defined as the transpose of the matrix [𝑎𝑖𝑗 ]𝑛×𝑛 ,

where A𝑖𝑗 is the co-factor of the element 𝑎𝑖𝑗 .

It is denoted by 𝑎𝑑𝑗 A.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
30

If
𝑎11 𝑎12 𝑎13 A11 A12 A13
A = |𝑎21 𝑎22 𝑎23 |, then 𝑎𝑑𝑗 A = |A21 A22 A23 | ,where A𝑖𝑗 is co-factor of 𝑎𝑖𝑗 .
𝑎31 𝑎32 𝑎33 A31 A32 A33

1. A (adj A) = (adj A) A = |A| I, where A is square matrix of order n.


2. A square matrix A is said to be singular or non-singular according as |A| = 0 or |A| ≠ 0,
respectively.
3. If A is a square matrix of order n, then |adj A| = |A|𝑛−1 .
4. If A and B are non-singular matrices of the same order, then AB and BA are also
nonsingular matrices of the same order.
5. The determinant of the product of matrices is equal to product of their respective
determinants, that is, |AB| = |A| |B|.
6. If AB = BA = I, where A and B are square matrices, then B is called inverse of A and is
written as B = A−1. Also B −1 = (A−1 )−1 = A.
7. A square matrix A is invertible if and only if A is non-singular matrix.
1
8. If A is an invertible matrix, then A−1 = |A| (𝑎𝑑𝑗 A)

9. If A is a matrix of order n × n, then |kA| = kn |A|


10. If A is invertible matrix of n x n, then |A−1 | = |𝐴|−1 .
−1
11. If A is a matrix of order n x n , then (Ak ) =(𝐴−1 )k
12. If A and B are square matrices of the same order n, then |AB| = |A| |B|

System of linear equations

𝑎1 𝑥 + 𝑏1 𝑦 + 𝑐1 𝑧 = 𝑑1
Consider the equations: 𝑎2 𝑥 + 𝑏2 𝑦 + 𝑐2 𝑧 = 𝑑2
𝑎3 𝑥 + 𝑏3 𝑦 + 𝑐3 𝑧 = 𝑑3

In matrix form, these equations can be written as A X = B, where

𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1 𝑥 𝑑1
A = [𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2 ] , X = [𝑦] and B = [𝑑2 ]
𝑎3 𝑏3 𝑐3 𝑧 𝑑3

Unique solution of equation AX = B is given by X = A−1B, where |A| ≠ 0.

A system of equations is consistent or inconsistent according as its solution exists or not.

For a square matrix A in matrix equation AX = B

(a) If |A| ≠ 0, then there exists unique solution.


(b) If |A| = 0 and (adj A) B ≠ 0, then there exists no solution.
(c) If |A| = 0 and (adj A) B = 0, then system may or may not be consistent.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
31

𝑥+𝑎 𝑝+𝑢 𝑙+𝑓


𝑁𝑜𝑡𝑒: If the determinant |𝑦 + 𝑏 𝑞+𝑣 𝑚 + 𝑔| splits into exactly K determinants of order 3,
𝑧+𝑐 𝑟+𝑤 𝑛+ℎ
each element of which contains only one term, then the value of K is 8.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
32

Ch 4- Determinants

1 or 2 Marks Question

1. If A is a square matrix of order 3 such that | adj (A) | = 64, then find |A|.

2 −3 5
2. If A𝑖𝑗 is the cofactor of the element 𝑎𝑖𝑗 of the determinant |6 0 4| , then write
1 5 −7
the value of a32 . A32 .

3. If the determinant of matrix A of order 3 × 3 is of value 4, then write the value of |3A|.

2(x + 1) 2x
4. For what value of x, A = [ ] is a singular matrix?
x x−2

cos 15° sin 15°


5. Evaluate | |.
sin 75° cos 75°

3 1
6. If A = [ ] , then find |adj A|.
2 −3

7. If A is a non − singular matrix of order 3 and |adj A| = |A|𝑘 , then what is the value of 𝐾?

𝑎 + 𝑖𝑏 𝑐 + 𝑖𝑑
8. Evaluate | |
−𝑐 + 𝑖𝑑 𝑎 − 𝑖𝑏

4 𝑎 𝑏+𝑐
9. What is the value of |4 𝑏 𝑐 + 𝑎| ?
4 𝑐 𝑎+𝑏
10. Find the maximum value of
1 1 1
|1 1 + sin θ 1 |
1 1 1 + cos θ
11. If A and B are matrices of order 3 and |A| = 5, |B| = 3, then find |3AB|.

4 Marks Questions

𝑎−𝑏 𝑏−𝑐 𝑐−𝑎


12. Write the value of | 𝑏 − 𝑐 𝑐−𝑎 𝑎 − 𝑏|.
𝑐−𝑎 𝑎−𝑏 𝑏−𝑐

13. Using properties of determinants, prove the following


Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
33

𝑥 𝑥+𝑦 𝑥 + 2𝑦
|𝑥 + 2𝑦 𝑥 𝑥 + 𝑦 | = 9𝑦 2 (𝑥 + 𝑦).
𝑥+𝑦 𝑥 + 2𝑦 𝑥

1 𝑥 𝑥2 1 1 1
14. If ∆= |1 y y 2 | , ∆1 = |yz z𝑥 𝑥y| , then prove that ∆ + ∆1 = 0.
1 z z2 𝑥 y z

0 𝑏−𝑎 𝑐−𝑎
15. If ∆= |𝑎 − 𝑏 0 𝑐 − 𝑏 | , then show that ∆ is equal to zero.
𝑎−𝑐 𝑏−𝑐 0

√23 + √3 √5 √5
16. Find the value of ∆= |√15 + √46 5 √10|.
3 + √115 √15 5

17. Using properties of determinants, prove that


𝑏+𝑐 𝑞+𝑟 𝑦+𝑧 𝑎 𝑝 𝑥
|𝑐 + 𝑎 𝑟+𝑝 𝑧 + 𝑥 | = 2 |𝑏 𝑞 𝑦| .
𝑎+𝑏 𝑝+𝑞 𝑥+𝑦 𝑐 𝑟 𝑧

b+c 𝑎 𝑎
18. Prove | b c+𝑎 b | = 4𝑎bc.
c 𝑐 𝑎+b

19. Using properties of determinants, prove the following


𝑎2 𝑎2 − (𝑏 − 𝑐)2 𝑏𝑐
|𝑏 2 𝑏2 − (𝑐 − 𝑎)2 𝑐𝑎 | = (𝑎 − 𝑏)(𝑏 − 𝑐 )(𝑐 − 𝑎)(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 )(𝑎2 + 𝑏2 + 𝑐 2 ).
𝑐2 𝑐 2 − (𝑎 − 𝑏)2 𝑎𝑏

20. Using poperties of determinants, prove the following


−𝑎2 𝑎𝑏 𝑎𝑐
| 𝑏𝑎 −𝑏2 𝑏𝑐 | = 4𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐 2 .
𝑐𝑎 𝑐𝑏 −𝑐 2

21. Using properties of determinants, solve the following for x.


x − 2 2x − 3 3x − 4
|x − 4 2x − 9 3x − 16| = 0
x − 8 2x − 27 3x − 64

22. Using properties of determinants, solve the following for x.


𝑎+x 𝑎−x 𝑎−x
|𝑎 − x 𝑎 + x 𝑎 − x| = 0
𝑎−x a−x 𝑎+x
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
34

23. Using properties of determinants, solve the following for x.


x+𝑎 x x
| x x+𝑎 x |=0
x x x+𝑎

24. Prove that (A−1 )′ = (A′)−1 , where A is an invertible matrix.

𝑥 2 3
25. If 𝑥 = −4 is a root of ∆= |1 𝑥 1| = 0, then find the other two roots.
3 2 𝑥

26. Prove, using properties of determinants


𝑦+𝑘 𝑦 𝑦
| 𝑦 𝑦+𝑘 𝑦 | = 𝑘 2 (3𝑦 + 𝑘 ).
𝑦 𝑦 𝑦+𝑘

27. Prove, using properties of determinants


𝑎2 + 1 𝑎𝑏 𝑎𝑐
| 𝑎𝑏 2
𝑏 +1 𝑏𝑐 | = 1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 + 𝑐 2 .
𝑐𝑎 𝑐𝑏 𝑐2 + 1

28. Prove that


(𝑏 + 𝑐)2 𝑎2 𝑎2
| 𝑏2 (𝑐 + 𝑎)2 𝑏2 | = 2𝑎𝑏𝑐(𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐)3 .
𝑐2 𝑐2 (𝑎 + 𝑏)2

29. Using properties of deteminants, prove that


1+x 1 1
| 1 1+y 1 | = xyz + xy + yz + zx.
1 1 1+z

30. Using properties of determinants, prove that


x+y x x
| 5x + 4y 4x 2x| = x 3
10x + 8y 8x 3x

1 1+p 1+p+q
31. Prove that |2 3 + 2p 1 + 3p + 2q| = 1.
3 6 + 3p 1 + 6p + 3q

32. Using properties of determinants, prove that

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
35

1 + 𝑎2 − 𝑏2 2𝑎𝑏 −2𝑏
| 2𝑎𝑏 1 − 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 2𝑎 | = (1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 )3 .
2𝑏 −2𝑎 1 − 𝑎2 − 𝑏2

33. Show that, if x ≠ y ≠ z and


x x2 1 + x3
|y y 2 1 + y 3 | = 0, then 1 + xyz = 0.
z z2 1 + z3

34. Using properties of determinants, prove the following :


𝑥2 + 1 𝑥𝑦 𝑥𝑧
| 𝑥𝑦 𝑦2 + 1 𝑦𝑧 | = 1 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2
𝑥𝑧 𝑦𝑧 𝑧2 + 1
35. Using properties of determinants, prove that :
𝑥+𝑦 𝑥 𝑥
| 5𝑥 + 4𝑦 4𝑥 2𝑥 | = 𝑥 3
10𝑥 + 8𝑦 8𝑥 3𝑥
36. Using properties of determinants, prove that :
𝑏+𝑐 𝑐+𝑎 𝑎+𝑏 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
|𝑞 + 𝑟 𝑟+𝑝 𝑝 + 𝑞 | = 2 |𝑝 𝑞 𝑟|.
𝑦+𝑧 𝑧+𝑥 𝑥+𝑦 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧

𝑦2𝑧2 𝑦𝑧 𝑦+𝑧
37. Using properties of determinants, prove that | 𝑧 2 𝑥 2 𝑧𝑥 𝑧 + 𝑥| = 0
𝑥 2𝑦2 𝑥𝑦 𝑥+𝑦

𝑦+𝑧 𝑧 𝑦
38. Using properties of determinants, prove that | 𝑧 𝑧+𝑥 𝑥 | = 4𝑥𝑦𝑧
𝑦 𝑥 𝑥+𝑦

𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
39. If 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 ≠ 0 and |𝑏 𝑐 𝑎| = 0, then prove that 𝑎 = 𝑏 = 𝑐.
𝑐 𝑎 𝑏

𝑏𝑐 − 𝑎2 𝑐𝑎 − 𝑏2 𝑎𝑏 − 𝑐 2
40. Prove that |𝑐𝑎 − 𝑏2 𝑎𝑏 − 𝑐 2 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑎2 | is divisible by 𝑎 + 𝑏 + 𝑐 and find the quotient.
𝑎𝑏 − 𝑐 2 𝑏𝑐 − 𝑎2 𝑐𝑎 − 𝑏2

41. Using properties of determinants, prove that :


1+𝑎 1 1
| 1 1+𝑏 1 | = 𝑎𝑏𝑐 + 𝑏𝑐 + 𝑐𝑎 + 𝑎𝑏.
1 1 1+𝑐
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
36

42. Using properties of determinants, prove that :


(𝑎 + 1)(𝑎 + 2) 𝑎+2 1
|(𝑎 + 2)(𝑎 + 3) 𝑎 + 3 1| = −2
(𝑎 + 3)(𝑎 + 4) 𝑎+4 1

43. Using properties of determinants, solve for x :


𝑎+𝑥 𝑎−𝑥 𝑎−𝑥
|𝑎 − 𝑥 𝑎+𝑥 𝑎 − 𝑥| = 0
𝑎−𝑥 𝑎−𝑥 𝑎+𝑥

𝑥𝑎 𝑦𝑏 𝑧𝑐 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
44. If 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧 = 0, prove that |𝑦𝑐 𝑧𝑎 𝑥𝑏 | = 𝑥𝑦𝑧 | 𝑐 𝑎 𝑏|
𝑧𝑏 𝑥𝑐 𝑦𝑎 𝑏 𝑐 𝑎

𝑎−𝑏 𝑏+𝑐 𝑎
45. Find the value of determinant | 𝑏 − 𝑐 𝑐+𝑎 𝑏|
𝑐−𝑎 𝑎+𝑏 𝑐

0 𝑥𝑦𝑧 𝑥−𝑧
46. Find the value of |𝑦 − 𝑥 0 𝑦 − 𝑧|.
𝑧−𝑥 𝑧−𝑦 0

𝑦𝑧 − 𝑥 2 𝑧𝑦 − 𝑦 2 𝑥𝑦 − 𝑧 2
47. Prove that |𝑧𝑥 − 𝑦 2 𝑥𝑦 − 𝑧 2 𝑦𝑧 − 𝑥 2 | is divisible by (x + y + z) and hence find the
𝑥𝑦 − 𝑧 2 𝑦𝑧 − 𝑥 2 𝑧𝑥 − 𝑦 2
quotient.

48. If the co − ordinates of the vertices of an equilateral triangle with sides of length ′ 𝑎′ are
𝑥1 𝑦1 12
3𝑎4
(𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ), (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 ), (𝑥3 , 𝑦3 ), then prove that |𝑥2 𝑦2 1| = .
4
𝑥3 𝑦3 1

1 1 sin 3θ
49. Find the value of θ satisfying [−4 3 cos 2θ] = 0 .
7 −7 −2
𝑎𝑟+1 𝑎𝑟+5 𝑎𝑟+9
50. If 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 , … , 𝑎 are in G. P. , then prove that the determinant | 𝑎𝑟+7 𝑎𝑟+11 𝑎𝑟+15 |
𝑎𝑟+11 𝑎𝑟+17 𝑎𝑟+21
is independent of 𝑟.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
37

6 Marks Questions

51. Two institutions decided to award their employees for the three values of resourcefulness,
competence and determination in the form of prizes at the rate of Rs. x, Rs. y, Rs. z respectively
per person. The first institution decided to award respectively 4, 3 and 2 employees with a total
prize money of Rs. 37,000 and the second institution decided to award respectively 5,3 and 4
employees with a total prize money of Rs. 47,000. If all the three prizes per person together
amount to Rs. 12,000 , then using matrix method, find the values of x, y and z. What values are
described in this question?

52. A school wants to award its students for the values of honesty, regularity and hard work with
a total cash award of Rs. 6000. Three times the award money for hard work added to that given
for honesty, amount to Rs. 11000. The award money given for honesty and hard work together
is double the one given for regularity. Represent the above situation algebraically and find the
award money for each value, using matrix method. Apart from these values, namely, honesty,
regularity and hard work, suggest one more value which the school must include for award.

53. The management committee of a residential colony decided to award some of its members
(say x) for honesty, some (say y) for helping others and some others (say z) for supervising the
workers to keep the colony neat and clean. The sum of all the awardees is 12 .Three times the
sum of awardees for cooperation and supervision added to two times the number of awardees
for honesty is 33. If the sum of the number of awardees for honesty and supervision is twice the
number of awardees for helping others, using matrix method, find the number of awardees of
each category. Apart from these values, namely, honestly, cooperation and supervision, suggest
one more value which the management of the colony must include for awards.
1 2 1
54. If 𝐴 = |−1 1 1| , then find A−1 and hence solve the system
1 −3 1
x + 2y + z = 4
of equations −x + y + z = 0
and x − 3y + z = 4

−4 4 4 1 −1 1
55. Determine the product of [−7 1 3] [1 −2 −2 ] and then use to solve the
5 −3 −1 2 1 3
system of equations
x−y+z =4
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
38

x − 2y − 2z = 9
and 2x + y + 3z = 1

56. Using matrix method, solve the following system of equations


2 3 10
+ + =4
x y z
4 6 5
− + =1
x y z
6 9 20
and + − = 2, x, y, z ≠ 0
x y z

1 −1 2 −2 0 1
57. Use product [0 2 −3] [ 9 2 −3] to solve the system of equations
3 −2 4 6 1 −2
x − y + 2z = 1
2y − 3z = 1
and 3x − 2y + 4z = 2

1 −2 0 7 2 −6
58. If A = [2 1 3] and B = [−2 1 −3] , then find 𝐴𝐵 and hence solve the
0 −2 1 −4 2 5
following system of equations x − 2y = 10
2x + y + 3z = 8
and − 2y + z = 7

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
39

Answers

1. |𝐴| = ±8

2. 110

3. 108

4. X = -2

5. 0

6. -11

7. 2

8. 𝑎2 + 𝑏2 + 𝑐 2 + 𝑑 2

9. 0

10. TBD

11. 405

12. 0

16. 0

21. X = 4

22. X = 0, 3𝑎
9
23. x = −
3

25. x = -4, 1, 3

45. 𝑎3 + 𝑏3 + 𝑐 3 − 3𝑎𝑏𝑐

46. (y – z) (z – x) (y – x + xyz)

𝜋
49. 𝜃 = 𝑛𝜋 or 𝑛𝜋 + (−1)𝑛 ( )
6

51. x = 4000, y = 5000 and z = 3000

52. honesty = Rs 500, regularity = Rs 2000, hard work = Rs 3500

53.x = 3, y = 4 and z = 5

54. x = 2, y = 0 and z = 2

55. x = 3, y = -2 and z = -1

56. x = 2, y = 3 and z = 5

57. x = 0, y = 5 and z = 3

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
40

58. x = 4, y = -3 and z = 1

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
41

Chapter 5 CONTINUITY AND DIFFERENTIABILITY

Continuity of a function at a point

Let f be a real function on a subset of the real numbers and let c be a point in the domain of f.
Then f is continuous at c if

lim 𝑓(𝑥 ) = 𝑓 (𝑐 )
𝑥→𝑐

More elaborately, if the left hand limit, right hand limit and the value of the function at 𝑥 = 𝑐
exist and are equal to each other, i.e.,

lim 𝑓(𝑥 ) = 𝑓(𝑐 ) = lim+ 𝑓(𝑥)


𝑥→𝑐 − 𝑥→𝑐

then f is said to be continuous at 𝑥 = 𝑐.

Continuity in an interval

(i) f is said to be continuous in an open interval (a, b) if it is continuous at every point in this
interval.
(ii) f is said to be continuous in the closed interval [a, b] if
 f is continuous in (a, b)
 lim+ 𝑓(𝑥 ) = 𝑓 (𝑎)
𝑥→𝑎

 lim− 𝑓(𝑥 ) = 𝑓 (𝑏)


𝑥→𝑏

Geometrical meaning of continuity

(i) Function f will be continuous at 𝑥 = 𝑐 if there is no break in the graph of the function at
the point (c, f (c)).
(ii) In an interval, function is said to be continuous if there is no break in the graph of the
function in the entire interval.

Discontinuity

The function f will be discontinuous at 𝑥 = 𝑎 in any of the following cases :

(i) lim 𝑓(𝑥 ) and lim+ 𝑓(𝑥 ) exist but are not equal.
𝑥→𝑎− 𝑥→𝑎

(ii) lim 𝑓(𝑥 ) and lim+ 𝑓(𝑥 ) exist and are equal but not equal to f (a).
𝑥→𝑎− 𝑥→𝑎

(iii) f (a) is not defined.

Continuity of some of the common functions

Function f (𝑥) Interval in which f is continuous

1 The constant function R

2. Identity Function R
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
42

3. Polynomial Functions R

4. |𝑥 − 𝑎| (−∞ , ∞)

5. 𝑥 𝑛 , 𝑛 is a positive integer (−∞ , ∞) − {0}

6. 𝑝 (𝑥 )/ 𝑞 (𝑥 ), where 𝑝 (𝑥 ) and 𝑞 (𝑥 ) are R − {𝑥 ∶ 𝑞 (𝑥 ) = 0}

Polynomials in 𝑥

7. sin 𝑥, cos 𝑥 R

𝜋
8. tan 𝑥, sec 𝑥 R − {(2𝑛 + 1) ∶ 𝑛 ∈ Z}
2

9. cot 𝑥, cosec 𝑥 R − {(𝑛𝜋 ∶ 𝑛 ∈ Z}

10. 𝑒 𝑥 R

11. log 𝑥 (0 , ∞)

12. Inverse trigonometric functions In their respective domains

sin−1 𝑥, cos −1 𝑥 etc.

Continuity of composite functions

Let f and g be real valued functions such that (fog) is defined at a. If g is continuous at a and f is
continuous at g (a), then (fog) is continuous at a.

Differentiability

𝑓(𝑥+ℎ)−𝑓 (𝑥)
The function defined by 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = lim , wherever the limit exists, is defined to be the
ℎ→0 ℎ

derivative of f at 𝑥.

A function f is differentiable at a point c in its domain if

𝑓(𝑐+ℎ)−𝑓 (𝑐) 𝑓(𝑐+ℎ)−𝑓 (𝑐)


lim− (left hand derivative) = lim+ (right hand derivative)
ℎ→0 ℎ ℎ→0 ℎ

The function 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) is said to be differentiable in an open interval (a, b) if it is differentiable at


every point of (a, b)

Every differentiable function is continuous, but the converse is not true

Algebra of derivatives

If 𝑢, 𝑣 are functions of 𝑥, then

𝑑(𝑢±𝑣) 𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑣
(i) = ±
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
43

𝑑 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑢
(ii) (𝑢𝑣) = 𝑢 +𝑣 .
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑣
𝑑 𝑢 𝑣 𝑑𝑥 −𝑢𝑑𝑥
(iii) ( )=
𝑑𝑥 𝑣 𝑣2

Chain rule is a rule to differentiate composition of functions. Let 𝑓 = 𝑣𝑜𝑢. If 𝑡 = 𝑢 (𝑥) and both
𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑓 𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑡
and exist then = .
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑡 𝑑𝑥

Following are some of the standard derivatives (in appropriate domains)

𝑑 1
1. (sin−1 𝑥 ) =
𝑑𝑥 √1−𝑥 2
𝑑 −1
2. (cos−1 𝑥) =
𝑑𝑥 √1−𝑥 2
𝑑 1
3. (tan−1 𝑥 ) =
𝑑𝑥 1+𝑥 2
𝑑 −1
4. (cot −1 𝑥) =
𝑑𝑥 1+𝑥 2
𝑑 1
5. (sec −1 𝑥 ) = , |𝑥 | > 1
𝑑𝑥 |𝑥|√𝑥 2 −1
𝑑 −1
6. (cosec −1 𝑥) = , |𝑥| > 1
𝑑𝑥 |𝑥|√𝑥 2 −1

Exponential and logarithmic functions

The exponential function with positive base b > 1 is the function 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) = 𝑏 𝑥 . Its domain is R,
the set of all real numbers and range is the set of all positive real numbers.

Exponential function with base 10 is called the common exponential function and with base e is
called the natural exponential function.

The properties of logarithmic function to any base b > 1 are listed below:

1. log 𝑏 (𝑥𝑦) = log 𝑏 𝑥 + log 𝑏 𝑦


𝑥
2. log 𝑏 ( ) = log 𝑏 𝑥 − log 𝑏 𝑦
𝑦

3. log 𝑏 𝑥 𝑛 = 𝑛 log𝑏 𝑥
log𝑐 𝑥
4. log 𝑏 𝑥 = , where 𝑐 > 1
log𝑐 𝑏
1
5. log 𝑏 𝑥 =
log𝑥 𝑏

6. log 𝑏 𝑏 = 1 and log 𝑏 1 = 0

𝑑
(𝑒 𝑥 ) = 𝑒 𝑥 .
𝑑𝑥

𝑑 1
(log 𝑥 ) = .
𝑑𝑥 𝑥

Logarithmic differentiation is a powerful technique to differentiate functions of the form


𝑣(𝑥)
𝑓 (𝑥) = (𝑢 (𝑥 )) , where both f and u need to be positive functions .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
44

Differentiation of a function with respect to another function

Let 𝑢 = 𝑓(𝑥) and 𝑣 = g (𝑥) be two functions of 𝑥, then to find derivative of 𝑓(𝑥) w.r.t. to g (𝑥),
𝑑𝑢
i.e., to find , we use the formula
𝑑𝑣

𝑑𝑢
𝑑𝑢 𝑑𝑥
= .
𝑑𝑣 𝑑𝑣
𝑑𝑥

Second order derivative

𝑑 𝑑𝑦 𝑑2𝑦
= is called the second order derivative of 𝑦 w.r.t. 𝑥. It is denoted by 𝑦′′ or 𝑦2 , if 𝑦 =
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2

𝑓(𝑥).

Rolle’s Theorem

Let 𝑓 ∶ [𝑎, 𝑏] → R be continuous on [𝑎, 𝑏] and differentiable on (𝑎, 𝑏), such that 𝑓(𝑎) = 𝑓(𝑏),
where a and b are some real numbers. Then there exists at least one point c in (𝑎, 𝑏) such that
𝑓 ′(𝑐) 0.

Geometrically

Rolle’s theorem ensures that there is at least one point on the curve 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) at which tangent
is parallel to 𝑥-axis (abscissa of the point lying in (a, b)).

Mean Value Theorem (Lagrange)

Let f : [a, b] → R be a continuous function on [a, b] and differentiable on (a, b). Then there exists
𝑓 (𝑏)−𝑓 (𝑎)
at least one point c in (a, b) such that 𝑓 ′(𝑐) = .
𝑏−𝑎

Geometrically

Mean Value Theorem states that there exists at least one point c in (a, b) such that the tangent at
the point (c, f (c)) is parallel to the secant joining the points (a, f (a) and (b, f (b)).

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
45

Ch 5- Continuity and differentiability

1 or 2 Marks Questions

Differentiate each of the following w.r.t. 𝑥

2𝑥
1. 2𝑐𝑜𝑠

2. √tan √𝑥 w.r.t. 𝑥
8𝑥
3.
𝑥8
√1+x2 −1
4. tan−1 [ ] w. r. t. x.
x

5. log10 𝑥 w. r. t. 𝑥.

6. log(𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 𝑎)
7. log[log(log 𝑥 5 ) ]
8. sin √𝑥 + cos 2 √𝑥
9. cos(tan √𝑥 + 1)
1
10. sin−1 ( )
√𝑥+1
sin 𝑥+cos 𝑥 −𝜋 𝜋
11. cos −1 ( ), <𝑥<
√2 4 4

1−cos 𝑥 𝜋 𝜋
12. tan−1 (√ ),−4 < 𝑥 <
1+cos 𝑥 4

𝜋 𝜋
13. tan−1 (sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥), − < 𝑥 <
2 2
𝑎 cos 𝑥−𝑏 sin 𝑥 𝜋 𝜋 𝑎
14. tan−1 ( ),− < 𝑥 < and tan 𝑥 > −1
𝑏 cos 𝑥+𝑎 sin 𝑥 2 2 𝑏
1 1
15. sec −1 ( ),0 < 𝑥 <
4𝑥 3 −3𝑥 √2

−1 3𝑎2 𝑥−𝑥 3 1 𝑥 1
16. tan ( ),− < <
𝑎3 −3𝑎𝑥 2 √3 𝑎 √3

√1+𝑥 2 +√1−𝑥 2
17. tan−1 ( ) , −1 < 𝑥 < 1, 𝑥 ≠ 0
√1+𝑥 2 −√1−𝑥 2

4 Marks Questions

1−cos 4x
, when x < 0
x2
18. If 𝑓(x) = 𝑎, when x = 0
√x
, when x > 0
{√16+√x−4
and f is continuous at x=0, then find the value of a.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
46

𝑥 3 +𝑥 2 −16𝑥+20
, 𝑥≠2
19. If 𝑓(𝑥 ) = { (𝑥−2)2 is continuous at 𝑥 =
𝑘 , 𝑥=2
2, find the value of 𝑘.
20. Find the value of k, for which
√1+𝑘x−√1−𝑘x
, if − 1≤x<0
x
𝑓 (x) = { is continuous at x=0.
2x+1
, if 0 ≤ x < 1
x−1

21. Find the value of a for which the function f is defined as


π
𝑎 sin (x + 1), x≤0
2
𝑓 (x) = { tan x−sin x is continuous at x=0.
, x>0
x3

22. Check whether given function is continuous at indicated point


2𝑥 2 −3𝑥−2
, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 2
𝑓 (𝑥 ) = { 𝑥−2 at 𝑥 = 2
5, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 0
23. Check whether given function is continuous at indicated point
1
|𝑥| cos , 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 0
𝑓(𝑥) = { 𝑥 at 𝑥 = 0
0, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 0
24. Find all points of discontinuity of f, where f is defined as follows
|x| + 3, x ≤ −3
𝑓 (x) = { −2x, − 3 < 𝑥 < 3
6x + 2, x≥3

25. Show that the function f(x) defined by


sin x
+ cos x , x>0
x
𝑓 (x) = 2 , x = 0 is continuous at x = 0.
4(1−√1−x)
{ , x<0
x

26. Check whether given function is continuous at indicated point


|𝑥−4|
, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 4
𝑓(𝑥 ) = { 2(𝑥−4) at 𝑥 = 4
0, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 4
27. Check whether given function is continuous at indicated point
1
|𝑥 − 𝑎| sin , 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 0
𝑓 (𝑥 ) = { 𝑥−𝑎 at 𝑥 = 𝑎
0, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 𝑎

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
47

28. If f(x) defined by the following, is continuous at x = 0, then find the value of a, b and c.
sin(𝑎+1) x+sin x
, if x < 0
x
𝑓(x) = c , if x = 0
√x+bx2 −√x
{ , if x > 0
bx3/2

𝑑𝑦
29. If 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑥+𝑦 , prove that = −𝑒 𝑦−𝑥
𝑑𝑥

30. If the following function f(x) is continuous at a x = 0, then find the


value of k
1−cos 2x
, x≠0
𝑓(x) = { 2x2
𝑘 , x=0

1
31. Find the number of points at which the function 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = is
log|𝑥|

discontinuous.
x d2 y dy
32. If y = x log ( ) , then prove that x 3 = (x − y)2 .
𝑎+𝑏x dx2 dx

33. Show that the function f(x)=|x − 3|, x ∈ 𝑅, is continuous but not
differentiable at x = 3.

34. Let 𝑓 = 𝑥|𝑥| , for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅. Discuss the differentiability of 𝑓(𝑥 ) at 𝑥 =


0
35. Differentiate the following with respect to x
2x+1 . 3x
−1
sin [ ]
1 + (36)x

dy sin2 (𝑎+y)
36. If x sin(𝑎 + 𝑦) + sin 𝑎 cos(𝑎 + y) = 0, then prove that = .
dx sin 𝑎

dy sin2 (𝑎+y)
37. If sin y = x sin(𝑎 + y), then prove that = .
dx sin 𝑎

3𝜋
38. If 𝑓(𝑥 ) = |cos 𝑥|, find 𝑓 ′ ( ).
4
𝜋
39. If 𝑓(𝑥 ) = |cos 𝑥 − sin 𝑥| find 𝑓 ′ ( ).
6

40. Verify mean value theorem for the function 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = (𝑥 − 3)(𝑥 −


6)(𝑥 − 9) in [3,5].
dy log x
41. If x y = ex−y , then show that = .
dx {log (xe)}2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
48

1 2
d y 𝑑y
42. If x = tan( log y), then show hat (1 + x2) 2 + (2x − 𝑎) = 0.
𝑎 dx 𝑑x

d x 𝑎2 x
43. Prove that [ √𝑎2 − x 2 + sin−1 ( )] = √𝑎2 − x 2 .
dx 2 2 𝑎

d2 y dy
44. If y = log[x + √x 2 + 1], then prove that (x 2 + 1) 2
+x = 0.
dx dx

dy
45. If log(√1 + x 2 − x) = y√1 + x 2 , thn show that (1 + x 2 ) + xy +
dx

1 = 0.

2𝑥 2𝑥 𝑑𝑢
46. If 𝑢 = sin−1 ( ) and 𝑦 = tan−1 ( ) , Find .
1+𝑥 2 1−𝑥 2 𝑑𝑦

47. Find the value of c in Roll’s Theorem for the function 𝑓 (𝑥 ) =


𝑒 𝑥 sin𝑥, 𝑥 ∈ [0, 𝜋] is
48. Find the value of c in Mean value theorem for the function 𝑓(𝑥 ) =
𝑥 (𝑥 − 2), 𝑥𝜖[1,2].
dy 2
49. If y = 𝑎 sin x + 𝑏 cos x , then prove that y 2 + ( ) = 𝑎2 + b2 .
dx

dy 1
50. If x √1 + y + y √1 + x = 0, (x ≠ y), then prove that =− .
dx (1+x)2

2x−3√1−x2 dy
51. If y = cos −1 [ ] , then find .
√13 dx

2
−1 3x+4√1−x dy
52. If y = cos ( ) , then find .
5 dx

53. Show that the function defined as follows, is continuous at x = 1, x =


2 but not differentiable at x = 2
3x − 2, 0<𝑥≤1
𝑓 (x) = {2x 2 − x, 1<𝑥≤2
5x − 4, x>2

dy
54. Find , if y = (cos x)x + (sin x)1/x .
dx

dy
55. Find , if y = sin−1 [x√1 − x − √x√1 − x 2 ].
dx

5x+12√1−x2 dy
56. If y = sin−1 [ ] , then find .
13 dx
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
49

√1+sin x+√1−sin x π dy
57. If y = cot −1 [ ],0 < 𝑥 < , then find .
√1+sin x−√1−sin x 2 dx

1 1 dy
58. If y = √x 2 + 1 − log ( + √1 + 2 ) , then find .
x x dx

59. Find the value of the constant k so that the function f defined below is
1−cos 4𝑥
,𝑥 ≠ 0
continuous at 𝑥 = 0, where 𝑓(𝑥 ) = { 8𝑥 2 .
𝑘, 𝑥=0
1
60. Given 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = . Find the points of discontinuity of the composite
𝑥−1

function 𝑦 = 𝑓 [𝑓 (𝑥 )].
1
𝑒 𝑥 −1
61. Show that the function f given by 𝑓(𝑥 ) = {𝑒 1𝑥+1 , 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 0 is
0, 𝑥=0
discontinuous at 𝑥 = 0.
62. Find the set of points where the functions f given by 𝑓(𝑥 ) =
|𝑥 − 3| cos 𝑥 is differentiable.
63. Check whether given function is continuous at indicated point
1
𝑒𝑥
, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 0
𝑓( 𝑥 ) = { 1+𝑒 𝑥
1
at 𝑥 = 0
0, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 0
64. Check whether given function is continuous at indicated point
𝑥2
, 𝑖𝑓 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1
2
𝑓 (𝑥 ) = { 3
at 𝑥 = 1
2
2𝑥 − 3𝑥 + , 𝑖𝑓 1 < 𝑥 ≤ 2
2

65. Find the value of K so that the function f is continuous at indicated


2𝑥+2 −16
, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≠ 2
point 𝑓(𝑥 ) = { 4 𝑥−16 at 𝑥 = 2
𝑘 , 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 2
66. Find the value of a and b such that the function f defined by
𝑥−4
|𝑥−4|
+ 𝑎, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 < 4
𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 𝑎+𝑏 , 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 = 4 is a continuous function at
𝑥−4
{ |𝑥−4| + 𝑏, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > 4

𝑥 = 4.
67. Differentiate
√1−𝑥 2
tan−1 ( ) with respect to cos −1 (2𝑥√1 − 𝑥 2 ), when 𝑥 ≠ 0.
𝑥

68. Differentiate
√1−𝑥 2 −1 2𝑥
tan−1 ( ) with respect to sin−1 ( ) , when 𝑥 ≠ 0.
𝑥 1+𝑥 2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
50

𝑑𝑦 π
69. Find the value of at θ = , if 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑒 𝜃 (sin 𝜃 − cos 𝜃) and 𝑦 =
𝑑𝑥 4

𝑎𝑒 𝜃 (sin 𝜃 + cos 𝜃).


70. If 𝑥 = 𝑎 sin 2𝑡 (1 + cos 2𝑡 ) and 𝑦 = 𝑏 cos 2𝑡 (1 −
π 𝑑𝑦 𝑏
cos 2𝑡), show that at 𝑡 = ,( ) = .
4 𝑑𝑥 𝑎
𝑑𝑦 1+log 𝑡
71. Find of the function expressed in parametric form 𝑥 = ,
𝑑𝑥 𝑡2

3 + 2 log 𝑡
𝑦= .
𝑡
𝑑𝑦 −𝑦𝑙𝑜𝑔 𝑥
72. If 𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑐𝑜𝑠2𝑡 and 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑠𝑖𝑛2𝑡 , prove that =
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 log 𝑦

𝑥
73. Differentiate w. r. t. sin𝑥.
sin 𝑥

√1+𝑥 2 −1
74. Differentiate tan−1 ( ) w. r. t. tan−1 𝑥 when 𝑥 ≠ 0.
𝑥
𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑥−𝑦
75. If 𝑥 = 𝑒 , prove that
𝑦 = .
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 log 𝑥

𝑥 𝑦−𝑥 𝑑𝑦 (1+log 𝑦)2


76. If 𝑦 = 𝑒 , prove that = .
𝑑𝑥 log 𝑦

(cos 𝑥)……∞ 𝑑𝑦 𝑦 2 tan 𝑥


77. If 𝑦 = (cos 𝑥)(cos 𝑥) , show that = .
𝑑𝑥 𝑦 log cos 𝑥−1

−1 𝑑 2𝑦
78. If 𝑦 = tan 𝑥, find in terms of 𝑦 alone.
𝑑𝑥 2

𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 + 𝑝, 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 ≤ 1
79. ( )
Find the values of p and q so that 𝑓 𝑥 = { is
𝑞𝑥 + 2 , 𝑖𝑓 𝑥 > 1
differentiable at 𝑥 = 1.
𝑑𝑦 tan 𝑥 𝑥 2 +1
80. Find , if 𝑦 = 𝑥 +√ .
𝑑𝑥 2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
51

Answers
2
1. −[log 2] . sin 2𝑥 . 2𝑐𝑜𝑠 𝑥

𝑠𝑒𝑐 2 √𝑥
2.
4√𝑥√tan √𝑥

8𝑥 8
3. [log 8 − ]
𝑥8 𝑥

1
4.
2(1+𝑥 2 )

1
5. (log10 𝑒)
𝑥

1
6.
√𝑥 2 +𝑎

5
7. (𝑥 5 ) log (log 𝑥 5 )
𝑥 log

cos √𝑥 sin 2√𝑥


8. −
2√ 𝑥 2√ 𝑥

−1
9. sin(tan √𝑥 + 1) sec 2 (√𝑥 + 1)
2 √𝑥+1

−1
10.
2 √𝑥 (𝑥+1)

11. −1

1
12.
2

1
13.
2

14. −1

−3
15.
√1−𝑥 2

3𝑎
16.
𝑎2 +𝑥 2

−𝑥
17.
√1−𝑥 4

18. 𝑎 = 8

19. 7

20. 𝑘 = −1

1
21. 𝑎 =
𝜋

22. continuous

23. continuous
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
52

24. discontinuous

26. discontinuous

27. continuous

3 1
28. 𝑎 = − , 𝑐 = and b may take any real value
2 2

30.𝑘 = 1

31. 𝑥 = 0, ±1 No. of points of discontinuity = 3

34. differentiable at 𝑥 = 0

2𝑥+1 . 3𝑥
35. [ ] log 6
1+36𝑥

1
38.
√2

1
39. − (1 + √3)
2

46. 1

3𝜋
47.
4

3
48.
2

−1
51.
√1−𝑥 2

𝑑𝑦 1
52. =
𝑑𝑥 √1−𝑥 2

1
𝑑𝑦 cot 𝑥 log(sin 𝑥)
54. = (cos 𝑥 )𝑥 [−𝑥 tan 𝑥 + log cos 𝑥 ] + (sin 𝑥 ) [ 𝑥 − ]
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 𝑥2

1 1
55. 2

√1−𝑥 2√𝑥−𝑥 2

𝑑𝑦 1
56. =
𝑑𝑥 √1−𝑥 2

1
57.
2

√𝑥 2 +1
58.
𝑥

59. 𝑘 = 1

60. discontinuous at 𝑥 = 2 and 𝑥 = 1

62. 𝐑 − {3}

63. discontinuous

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
53

64. continuous

1
65. 𝑘 =
2

66. 𝑎 = 1, 𝑏 = −1

67. TBD

68. TBD

69. TBD

71. 𝑡

tan 𝑥−𝑥
73.
sin2 𝑥

1
74.
2

78. 2 sin 𝑦 cos 3 𝑦

79. 𝑝 = 3, 𝑞 = 5

tan 𝑥 𝑥
80. 𝑥 tan 𝑥 (sec 2 𝑥 log 𝑥 + )+
𝑥 √2√𝑥 2 +1

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
54

Chapter 6 APPLICATION OF DERIVATIVES

Rate of change of quantities

𝑑
For the function 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥 ), (𝑓(𝑥)) represents the rate of change of y with respect to 𝑥.
𝑑𝑥

𝑑𝑠
Thus if ‘s’ represents the distance and ‘t’ the time, then represents the rate of change of
𝑑𝑡

distance with respect to time.

Tangents and Normals

A line touching a curve 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥) at a point (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 ) is called the tangent to the curve at that
point and its equation is given by :

𝑑𝑦
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = ( ) (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) .
𝑑𝑥 (𝑥1 ,𝑦1)

The normal to the curve is the line perpendicular to the tangent at the point of contact, and its
equation is given by :

−1
𝑦 − 𝑦1 = (𝑥 − 𝑥1 )
𝑑𝑦
( )
𝑑𝑥 (𝑥1 ,𝑦1 )

The angle of intersection between two curves is the angle between the tangents to the curves at
the point of intersection.

Approximation

𝑓(𝑥+∆x)−𝑓 (𝑥) 𝑓(𝑥+∆x)−𝑓 (𝑥)


𝑓 ′ (𝑥 ) = lim , we can say that 𝑓 ′(𝑥) is approximately equal to
∆𝑥→0 ∆𝑥 ∆𝑥

⇒ approximate value of 𝑓 (𝑥 + ∆ 𝑥) = 𝑓 (𝑥) + ∆𝑥 . 𝑓 ′ (𝑥)

Increasing/decreasing functions

A continuous function in an interval (a, b) is :

1. strictly increasing if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) > 0


2. strictly decreasing if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) < 0
3. f is increasing in [𝑎, 𝑏] if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) ≥ 0 for each 𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏)
4. f is decreasing in [𝑎, 𝑏] if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) ≤ 0 for each 𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏)
5. f is a constant function in [𝑎, 𝑏] if 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) = 0 for each 𝑥 ∈ (𝑎, 𝑏).

Maxima and minima

Local Maximum/Local Minimum for a real valued function f

A point c in the interior of the domain of f, is called

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
55

(i) local maxima, if there exists an ℎ > 0 , such that 𝑓 (𝑐) > 𝑓 (𝑥), for all 𝑥 in (𝑐 – ℎ, 𝑐 +
ℎ).

The value 𝑓 (𝑐) is called the local maximum value of f .

(ii) local minima if there exists an ℎ > 0 such that 𝑓 (𝑐) < 𝑓 (𝑥), for all 𝑥 in (𝑐 – ℎ, 𝑐 + ℎ).

The value 𝑓 (𝑐) is called the local minimum value of 𝑓.

A function f defined over [𝑎, 𝑏] is said to have maximum (or absolute maximum) at 𝑥 = 𝑐, 𝑐 ∈
[𝑎, 𝑏], if 𝑓 (𝑥) ≤ 𝑓 (𝑐) for all 𝑥 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏].

Similarly, a function 𝑓 (𝑥) defined over [𝑎, 𝑏] is said to have a minimum [or absolute minimum]
at 𝑥 = 𝑑, if 𝑓 (𝑥) ≥ 𝑓 (𝑑) for all 𝑥 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏].

Critical point of 𝑓 : A point c in the domain of a function f at which either 𝑓 ′ (𝑐) = 0 or f is not
differentiable is called a critical point of 𝑓.

Working rule for finding points of local maxima or local minima:

First derivative test:

1. If 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) changes sign from positive to negative as 𝑥 increases through c, then c is a point
of local maxima, and 𝑓 (𝑐) is local maximum value.
2. If 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) changes sign from negative to positive as x increases through c, then c is a point of
local minima, and 𝑓 (𝑐) is local minimum value.
3. If 𝑓 ′ (𝑥) does not change sign as x increases through c, then c is neither a point of local
minima nor a point of local maxima. Such a point is called a point of inflection.

Second Derivative test:

Let f be a function defined on an interval I and 𝑐 ∈ I. Let f be twice differentiable at c. Then

1. 𝑥 = 𝑐 is a point of local maxima if 𝑓 ′(𝑐) = 0 and 𝑓 ″(𝑐) < 0. In this case f (c) is then the
local maximum value.
2. 𝑥 = 𝑐 is a point of local minima if 𝑓 ′(𝑐) = 0 and 𝑓 ″(𝑐) > 0. In this case f (c) is the local
minimum value.
3. The test fails if 𝑓 ′(𝑐) = 0 and 𝑓 ″(𝑐) = 0. In this case, we go back to first derivative
test.

Working rule for finding absolute maxima and or absolute minima :

1. Find all the critical points of f in the given interval.


2. At all these points and at the end points of the interval, calculate the values of f.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
56

3. Identify the maximum and minimum values of f out of the values calculated in step 2.The
maximum value will be the absolute maximum value of f and the minimum value will be the
absolute minimum value of f

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
57

Ch-6 Application of Derivatives

1 or 2 Marks Questions

1. The amount of pollution content added in air in a city due to x – diesel vehicles is given by
𝑝(𝑥 ) = 0.005𝑥 3 + 0.02𝑥 2 + 30𝑥. Vehicles are marginal increase in pollution content when 3
diesel vehicles are added and write which value is indicated in the above question ?
2. The sides of an equilateral triangle are increasing at the rate of 2 cm/sec. Find the rate at
which the area increases, when side is 10 cm.
3. If the curve 𝑎𝑦 + 𝑥 2 = 7 and 𝑥 3 = 𝑦, cut orthogonally at (1, 1), then find the value of a.
4. If 𝑦 = 𝑥 4 − 10 and if 𝑥 changes from 2 to 1.99, what is the change in 𝑦?
5. Find the maximum slope of the curve 𝑦 = −𝑥 3 + 3𝑥 2 + 9𝑥 − 27.
6. Find the stationary point of 𝑓 (𝑥) = 𝑥 𝑥 .
1 𝑥
7. Find the maximum value of ( ) .
𝑥

8. Find the point at which the curves 𝑦 = 4𝑥 2 + 2𝑥 − 8 and 𝑦 = 𝑥 3 − 𝑥 + 13 touch each other.
9. Find the values of a for which the function 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = sin𝑥 − 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 increases on R.
𝑏
10. Find the least value of the function 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 𝑎𝑥 + (𝑎 > 0, 𝑏 > 0, 𝑥 > 0).
𝑥

4 Marks Questions

11. A kite is moving horizontally at a height of 151.5 meters. If the speed of kite is 10 m/s,
how fast is the string being let out; when the kite is 250 m away from the boy who is flying
the kite? The height of boy is 1.5 m.
12. Find the equation of tangent to the curve 𝑦 = √3𝑥 − 2, which is parallel to the
line 4𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 5 = 0.
𝜋
13. Water is dripping out from a conical funnel of semi-vertical angle at the uniform rate
4

of 2 cm2 /sec in the surface area, through a tiny hole at the vertex of the bottom. When the
slant height of cone is 4 cm, find the rate of decrease of the slant height of water.
14. Find the equation of the normal at a point on the curve 𝑥 2 = 4𝑦, which passes through
the point (1, 2). Also, find the equation of the corresponding tangent.
15. For the curve 𝑦 = 5𝑥 − 2𝑥 3 , if 𝑥 increases at the rate of 2 units/sec, then how fast is the
slope of curve changing when 𝑥 = 3?
𝑥2 𝑦2
16. Find the condition for the curves 2 − = 1; 𝑥𝑦 = 𝑐 2 to intersect orthogonally.
𝑎 𝑏2

17. Water is dripping out at a steady rate of 1 cu cm/sec through a tiny hole at the vertex of
the conical vessel, whose axis is vertical. When the slant height of water in the vessel is 4 cm,
𝜋
find the rate of decrease of slant height, where the vertical angle of the conical vessel is .
6

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
58

18. A spherical ball of salt is dissolving in water in such a manner that the rate of decrease
of the volume at any instant is proportional to the surface. Prove that the radius is decreasing
at a constant rate.
19. If the area of a circle increases at a uniform rate, then prove that perimeter varies
inversely as the radius.
20. Show that the equation of normal at any point on the curve 𝑥 = 3cos θ − cos3 θ, 𝑦 =
3sinθ − sin3 θ is 4 (𝑦 cos 3 θ − 𝑥 sin3 θ) = 3 sin 4θ.
21. Find the maximum and minimum values of
𝑓 (𝑥 ) = sec𝑥 + log cos 2 𝑥 , 0 < 𝑥 < 2𝜋
22. Find the difference between the greatest and least values of the function
𝜋 𝜋
𝑓 (𝑥 ) = sin2𝑥 − 𝑥, on [− , ].
2 2

23. Find the abscissa of the point on the curve 3𝑦 = 6𝑥 − 5𝑥 3 , the normal at which passes
through origin.
24. Two men A and B start with velocities v at the same time from the junction of two roads
inclined at 45° to each other. If they travel by different roads, find the rate at which they are
being separated.
25. Find the approximate volume of metal in a hollow spherical shell whose internal and
external radii are 3 cm and 3.0005 cm, respectively.
2 1
26. A man, 2m tall, walks at the rate of 1 m/s towards a street light which is 5 m above
3 3

the ground. At what rate is the tip of his shadow moving? At what rate is the length of the
1
shadow changing when he is 3 m from the base of the light?
3

27. A swimming pool is to be drained for cleaning. If L represents the number of litres of
water in the pool t seconds after the pool has been plugged off to drain and L = 200 (10 −
𝑡)2 . How fast is the water running out at the end of 5 seconds? What is the average rate at
which the water flows out during the first 5 seconds?
28. The volume of a cube increases at a constant rate. Prove that the increase in its surface
area varies inversely as the length of the side.
29. 𝑥 and 𝑦 are the sides of two squares such that 𝑦 = 𝑥 − 𝑥 2 . Find the rate of change of
the area of second square with respect to the area of first square.
30. Find the co-ordinates of the point on the curve √𝑥 + √𝑦 = 4 at which tangent is equally
inclined to the axes.
31. Find the angle of intersection of the curves 𝑦 = 4 − 𝑥 2 and 𝑦 = 𝑥 2 .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
59

6 Marks Questions

32. Find the volume of the largest right circular cylinder that can be inscribed in a sphere of
radius r cm.
33. An open tank with a square bare and vertical sides is to be constructed from a metal
sheet so as to hold a given quantity of water. Show that the total surface area is least when
depth of the tank is half of its width.
𝑥2 𝑦2
34. Find the maximum area of an isosceles triangle inscribed in the ellipse + = 1 ,with
25 16

its vertex at one end of the major axis.


35. Show that the right circular cylinder ,open at the top and of given surface area and
maximum volume is such that its height is equal to radius of the base.
36. If the sum of the lengths of the hypotenuse and a side of a right angled triangle is given,
show that the area of the triangle is maximum when the angle between them in 𝜋/3.
37. Given the sum of the perimeter of a square and a circle show that the sum of their areas
is least when the side of their square is equal to diameter of their circle.
38. An isosceles triangle of vertical angle 2θ is inscribed in a circle of radius a. Show that the
π
area of triangle is maximum when θ = .
6

39. If the sum of the lengths of the hypotenuse and a side of a right angled triangle if given,
𝜋
show that the area of the triangle is maximum when the angle between them is .
3

40. Show that the surface area of a closed cuboid with square base and given volume is
minimum, when it is a cube.
41. A telephone company in a town has 500 subscribers on its list and collects fixed charges
of Rs. 300/- per subscriber per year. The company proposes to increase the annual
subscription and it is believed that for every increase of Re 1/- one subscriber will discontinue
the service. Find what increase will bring maximum profit?
42. Find the dimensions of the rectangle of perimeter 36 cm which will sweep out a volume
as large as possible, when revolved about one of its sides. Also find the maximum volume.
43. Prove that the area of a right angled triangle of given hypotenuse is maximum when the
triangle is isosceles.
44. Show that of all the rectangles of given area, the square has the smallest perimeter.
45. If the sum of the surface areas of cube and a sphere is constant, what is the ratio of an
edge of the cube to the diameter of the sphere, when the sum of their volumes is minimum?
𝑥2 𝑦2
46. Find the area of the greatest rectangle that can be inscribed in an ellipse 2
+ = 1.
𝑎 𝑏2

47. An open box with a square bare is to be made out of a given quantity of cardboard of
𝑐3
area 𝑐 2 sq units. Show that the maximum volume of the box is cu units.
6√ 3

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
60

48. AB is a diameter of a circle and C is any point on the circle. Show that the area of ∆ ABC
is maximum, when it is isosceles.
49. Show that the height of the cylinder of maximum volume that can be inscribed in a cone
1
of height h is h.
3
𝑥
50. The sum of the surface areas of a rectangular parallelepiped with sides 𝑥, 2𝑥 and and a
3

sphere is given to be constant. Prove that the sum of their volumes is minimum, if 𝑥 is equal
to three times the radius of the sphere. Also find the minimum value of the sum of their
volumes.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
61

Answer

1. TBD
2. 10 √3 𝑐𝑚2 /𝑠
3. 0.6
4. 0.32
5. 12
1
6. 𝑥 =
𝑒𝑒
1
7.
𝑒𝑒

8. (3, 34)
9. (−∞, −1)
10. 2√𝑎𝑏
11. 8 m/s
12. 48𝑥 − 24𝑦 = 23
√2
13. − cm/s
4𝜋

14. 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 3, 𝑦 = 𝑥 − 1
15. −12 units/s
16. 𝑎2 − 𝑏2 = 0
1
17. cm/s
2√3𝜋

21. Maximum value of 𝑦 at 𝑥 = 0 is 1


Maximum value of 𝑦 at 𝑥 = 𝜋 is −1
𝜋
Minimum value of 𝑦 at 𝑥 = is 2(1 − log 2)
3
5𝜋
Minimum value of 𝑦 at 𝑥 = is 2(1 − log 2)
3

22. 𝜋
23. 1

24. (√2 − √2) 𝑣 unit/sec

25. 0.018𝜋 cm3


2
26. 2 m/s towards light , −1 m/s
3

27. 2000 liters/sec, 3000 liters/sec


29. 2𝑥 3 − 3𝑥 + 1
30. (4, 4)
4√ 2
31. tan−1 ( )
7
4𝜋𝑟 3
32.
3√ 3

34. 15√3 sq. units


Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
62

41. Rs. 100


42. 6 cm, 12 cm, 864𝜋 cm3
45. 1 : 1
46 2𝑎𝑏
2 2𝜋
50. 𝑥 3 (1 + )
3 27

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
63

Chapter 7 INTEGRALS

𝑑
𝐹(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥) ⇔ ∫ 𝑓(𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = 𝐹(𝑥) + 𝐶.
𝑑𝑥

These integrals are called indefinite integrals & 𝐶 is called a constant of integration. All
these integrals differ by a constant.
Geometrically, the statement ∫ 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = 𝐹 (𝑥 ) + 𝐶 = 𝑦 represents a family of curves.
Some properties of indefinite integrals
1. The process of differentiation and integration are inverse of each other,
𝑑
i.e.,
𝑑𝑥
∫ 𝑓(𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = 𝑓 (𝑥 ) and ∫ 𝑓′(𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = 𝑓 (𝑥 ) + 𝐶 , where 𝐶 is any arbitrary constant.

2. ∫(𝑓 (𝑥 ) + g (𝑥 ) 𝑑𝑥 = ∫ 𝑓(𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 + ∫ g(𝑥 )𝑑𝑥


3. ∫ 𝑎 𝑓(𝑥 ) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑎 ∫ 𝑓(𝑥 ) 𝑑𝑥 , where ‘a’ is a constant.
4. ∫(𝑘1 𝑓1 (𝑥) + 𝑘2 𝑓2 (𝑥) + ⋯ +, 𝑘𝑛 𝑓𝑛 (𝑥)) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑘1 ∫ 𝑓1 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 + 𝑘2 ∫ 𝑓2 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 + ⋯ +
𝑘𝑛 ∫ 𝑓𝑛 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥

Methods of integration

1. Integration by substitution

2. Integration using partial fractions

3. Integration by parts.

Some standard integrals

𝑛 𝑥 𝑛+1
(i) ∫ 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = + 𝐶, 𝑛 ≠ −1. Particularly , ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑥 + 𝐶
𝑛+1

(ii) ∫ cos 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = sin 𝑥 + 𝐶 (iii) ∫ sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = − cos 𝑥 + 𝐶

(iv) ∫ sec 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = tan 𝑥 + 𝐶 (v) ∫ cosec 2 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = − cot 𝑥 + 𝐶

(vi) ∫ sec 𝑥 tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = sec 𝑥 + 𝐶

𝑑𝑥
(vii) ∫ cosec 𝑥 cot 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = −cosec 𝑥 + 𝐶 (viii) ∫ = sin−1 𝑥 + 𝐶
√1−𝑥 2

𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(ix) ∫ = −cos −1 𝑥 + 𝐶 (x) ∫ = tan−1 𝑥 + 𝐶
√1−𝑥 2 1+𝑥 2

𝑑𝑥
(xi) ∫ = −cot −1 𝑥 + 𝐶 (xii) ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝐶
1+𝑥 2

𝑎𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(xiii) ∫ 𝑎 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = +𝐶 (xiv) ∫ 2
= sec −1 𝑥 + 𝑐
log 𝑎 𝑥√𝑥 −1

𝑑𝑥 1
(xv) ∫ 2
= −cosec −1 𝑥 + 𝑐 (xvi) ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = log |𝑥| + 𝐶
𝑥√𝑥 −1 𝑥

Integration by partial fractions

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
64

P(𝑥)
Recall that a rational function is ratio of two polynomials of the form , where P(𝑥 ) and Q (x)
Q(𝑥)

are polynomials in 𝑥 and Q(𝑥 ) ≠ 0. If degree of the polynomial P(𝑥 ) is greater than the degree of
P(𝑥) P1 (𝑥)
the polynomial Q(𝑥 ), then we may divide P(𝑥 ) by Q (x) so that = T(𝑥 ) + , where T(𝑥 ) is
Q(𝑥) Q(𝑥)

a polynomial in x and degree of P1 (𝑥 ) is less than the degree of Q(𝑥). T(𝑥 ) being polynomial can be
P1 (𝑥) P1 (𝑥)
easily integrated. can be integrated byexpressing as the sum of partial fractions of the
Q(𝑥) Q(𝑥)

following type:

𝑝𝑥+𝑞 𝐴 𝐵
1. (𝑥−𝑎) (𝑥−𝑏)
= + , 𝑎≠𝑏
𝑥−𝑎 𝑥−𝑏

𝑝𝑥+𝑞 𝐴 𝐵
2. (𝑥−𝑎)2
= + (𝑥−𝑎)2
𝑥−𝑎

𝑝𝑥 2 +𝑞𝑥+𝑟 𝐴 𝐵 𝐶
3. (𝑥−𝑎) (𝑥−𝑏) (𝑥−𝑐)
= + +
𝑥−𝑎 𝑥−𝑏 𝑥−𝑐

𝑝𝑥 2 +𝑞𝑥+𝑟 𝐴 𝐵 𝐶
4. (𝑥−𝑎)2 (𝑥−𝑏)
= + (𝑥−𝑎)2 +
𝑥−𝑎 𝑥−𝑏

𝑝𝑥 2 +𝑞𝑥+𝑟 𝐴 𝐵𝑥+𝐶
5. (𝑥−𝑎) (𝑥 2 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐)
= + , where 𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 cannot be factorized further.
𝑥−𝑎 𝑥 2 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐

Integration by substitution

A change in the variable of integration often reduces an integral to one of the fundamental
integrals. The method in which we change the variable to some other variable is called the method
of substitution. When the integrand involves some trigonometric functions, we use some well
known identities to find the integrals. Using substitution technique, we obtain the following
standard integrals.

(i) ∫ tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = log |sec 𝑥| + 𝐶 (ii) ∫ cot 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = log |sin 𝑥| + 𝐶

(iii) ∫ sec 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = log |sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥| + 𝐶

(iv) ∫ cosec 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = log |cosec 𝑥 − cot 𝑥| + 𝐶

Integrals of some special functions

𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥−𝑎
(i) ∫ 𝑥2 −𝑎2 = 2𝑎 log |𝑥+𝑎| + 𝐶
𝑑𝑥 1 𝑎+𝑥
(ii) ∫ 𝑎2 −𝑥2 = 2𝑎 log |𝑎−𝑥 | + 𝐶
𝑑𝑥 1 𝑥
(iii) ∫ 2 2 = tan−1 + 𝐶
𝑥 −𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
𝑑𝑥
(iv) ∫ 2 2 = log |𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 𝑎2 | + 𝐶
√𝑥 −𝑎
𝑑𝑥 𝑥
(v) ∫ √𝑎2 −𝑥2 = sin−1 𝑎 + 𝐶
𝑑𝑥
(vi) ∫ 2 2 = log |𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 𝑎2 | + 𝐶
√𝑥 +𝑎

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
65

Integration by parts

For given functions 𝑓1 and 𝑓2 , we have

𝑑
∫ 𝑓1 (𝑥) . 𝑓2 (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑓1 (𝑥) ∫ 𝑓2 (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥 − ∫ [ 𝑓 (𝑥 ) . ∫ 𝑓2 (𝑥) 𝑑𝑥] 𝑑𝑥 ,
𝑑𝑥 1

Care must be taken in choosing the first function and the second function. Obviously, we must
take that function as the second function whose integral is well known to us. One simple technique
is to use ILATE for choosing first and second function by giving priority to right over left.

∫ 𝒆𝒙 [𝒇 (𝒙) + 𝒇′ (𝒙)] 𝒅𝒙 = ∫ 𝒆𝒙 𝒇(𝒙) 𝒅𝒙 + 𝑪

Some special types of integrals

𝑥 𝑎2
(i) ∫ √𝑥 2 − 𝑎2 𝑑𝑥 = 2 √𝑥 2 − 𝑎2 − 2
log |𝑥 + √𝑥 2 − 𝑎2 | + 𝐶
𝑥 𝑎2
(ii) ∫ √𝑥 2 + 𝑎2 𝑑𝑥 =
2
√𝑥 2 + 𝑎2 +
2
log |𝑥 + √𝑥 2 + 𝑎2 | + 𝐶
𝑥 𝑎2 𝑥
(iii) ∫ √𝑎2 − 𝑥2 𝑑𝑥 = √𝑎2 − 𝑥2 + sin−1 + 𝐶
2 2 𝑎
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
(iv) Integrals of the types ∫ 2 or ∫ can be transformed into standard form
𝑎𝑥 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐 √𝑎𝑥 2 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐

by expressing
2
2 2
𝑏 𝑐 𝑏 𝑐 𝑏2
𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = 𝑎 [𝑥 + 𝑥 + ] = 𝑎 [(𝑥 + ) + ( − 2 )]
𝑎 𝑎 2𝑎 𝑎 4𝑎
𝑝𝑥+𝑞 𝑑𝑥 𝑝𝑥+𝑞 𝑑𝑥
(v) Integrals of the types ∫ 2 or ∫ can be transformed into standard form
𝑎𝑥 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐 √𝑎𝑥 2 +𝑏𝑥+𝑐

by expressing
𝑑
𝑝𝑥 + 𝑞 = 𝐴 (𝑎𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 ) + 𝐵 = 𝐴 (2𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏) + 𝐵 , where A and B are determined
𝑑𝑥

by comparing coefficients on both sides.

Definite integral

𝑏
The definite integral is denoted by ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥, where a is the lower limit of the integral and b is
the upper limit of the integral. The definite integral is evaluated in the following two ways:

(i) The definite integral as the limit of the sum


𝑏
(ii) ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = 𝐹(𝑏)– 𝐹(𝑎), if 𝐹 is an antiderivative of 𝑓(𝑥).

The definite integral as the limit of the sum

𝑏
The definite integral ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 is the area bounded by the curve 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥), the ordinates 𝑥 =
𝑎, 𝑥 = 𝑏 and the 𝑥-axis and given by

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
66

𝑏
1
∫ 𝑓 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = (𝑏 − 𝑎) lim [𝑓 (𝑎) + 𝑓(𝑎 + ℎ) + ⋯ 𝑓 (𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)ℎ)]
𝑛→∞ 𝑛
𝑎

∫ 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = lim ℎ[𝑓 (𝑎) + 𝑓 (𝑎 + ℎ) + ⋯ 𝑓 (𝑎 + (𝑛 − 1)ℎ)]


𝑛→∞
𝑎

𝑏−𝑎
where ℎ = → 0 as 𝑛 → ∞
𝑛

Fundamental Theorem of Calculus

Area function : The function A(𝑥) denotes the area function and is given
𝑥
by A(𝑥 ) = ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥

First Fundamental Theorem of integral Calculus

Let f be a continuous function on the closed interval [a, b] and let A(𝑥) be the area
function . Then A′(𝑥) = 𝑓(𝑥) for all 𝑥 ∈ [𝑎, 𝑏] .

Second Fundamental Theorem of Integral Calculus

Let f be continuous function defined on the closed interval [a, b] and F be an


antiderivative of f.
𝑏
∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = [F(𝑥 )]𝑏𝑎 = F(𝑏)– F(𝑎).

Some properties of Definite Integrals

𝑏 𝑏
P0 ∶ ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑡)𝑑𝑡

𝑏 𝑏 𝑏
P1 ∶ ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = − ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 , in particular, ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = 0

𝑏 𝑐 𝑏
P2 ∶ ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥)𝑑𝑥 + ∫𝑐 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥

𝑏 𝑏
P3 ∶ ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑎 + 𝑏 − 𝑥 )𝑑𝑥

𝑎 𝑎
P4 ∶ ∫0 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = ∫0 𝑓 (𝑎 − 𝑥 )𝑑𝑥

2𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
P5 ∶ ∫0 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = ∫0 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 + ∫0 𝑓 (2𝑎 − 𝑥 )𝑑𝑥

𝑎
2𝑎 2 ∫ 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑓 (2𝑎 − 𝑥 ) = 𝑓 (𝑥 ) ,
P6 ∶ ∫0 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = { 0
0, if 𝑓 (2𝑎 − 𝑥 ) = −𝑓 (𝑥 )
𝑎 𝑎
P7 ∶ (i) ∫–𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = 2 ∫0 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 , if 𝑓 is an even function i. e. , 𝑓 (– 𝑥 ) = 𝑓 (𝑥 )

𝑎
(Ii) ∫−𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥 = 0 if 𝑓 is an odd function i. e. , 𝑓(−𝑥 ) = −𝑓

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
67

Ch-7 Integrals

4 or 6

1. Evaluate ∫ 𝑡𝑎𝑛8 𝑥 𝑠𝑒𝑐 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥


𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
2. Evaluate ∫ .
𝑥 4 +𝑥 2 −2
𝑥 3 +𝑥
3. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 4 −9
𝜋/2 𝑠𝑖𝑛2 𝑥 1
4. Show that ∫0 sin 𝑥+cos 𝑥 = log(√2 + 1)
√2
1
5. Find ∫0 𝑥(𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥)2 𝑑𝑥
3𝑒 𝑥 −5𝑒 −𝑥
6. If ∫ 𝑑𝑥 = 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 log |4𝑒 𝑥 + 5𝑒 −𝑥 | + 𝑐, then find the value of a and b.
4𝑒 𝑥 +5𝑒 −𝑥
𝑦 𝑑𝑡 𝑑2𝑦
7. If 𝑥 = ∫0 √1+9𝑡 2 and = 𝑎𝑦, then find the value of 𝑎.
𝑑𝑥 2
1 𝑒𝑡 1 𝑒𝑡
8. If ∫2 1+𝑡 𝑑𝑡 = 𝑎, then value of ∫0 (1+𝑡)2 𝑑𝑡.

Evaluate
𝑥3
9. ∫ 𝑥4 +3𝑥2 +2 𝑑𝑥
𝑥
10. ∫ 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥+1

𝑎+𝑥
11. ∫ √𝑎−𝑥 𝑑𝑥

𝑥 1/2
12. ∫ 1+𝑥3/4 𝑑𝑥
√1+𝑥 2
13. ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥4
𝑥2
14. ∫ 1−𝑥4 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
15. ∫ sin(𝑥−𝑎) sin(𝑥−𝑏) .

16. ∫ tan−1 √𝑥𝑑𝑥 .


(cos 5𝑥+cos 4𝑥)
17. ∫ 𝑑𝑥
1−2 cos 3𝑥
sin6 𝑥+cos6 𝑥
18. ∫ 𝑑𝑥
sin2 𝑥 cos2 𝑥
𝜋 𝑥
19. ∫0 𝑑𝑥
1+sin 𝑥
−1 1+𝑥+𝑥 2
20. ∫ 𝑒 tan 𝑥
(
1+𝑥 2
)𝑑
√𝑥
21. ∫ √𝑎3 −𝑥3 𝑑𝑥
cos 𝑥−cos 2𝑥
22. ∫ 𝑑𝑥
1−cos 𝑥
𝑑𝑥
23. ∫ 𝑥√𝑥4 −1
𝜋
24. ∫0 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos2 𝑥𝑑𝑥

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
68

sin 𝑥−𝑥 cos 𝑥


25. ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 (𝑥+sin 𝑥)
𝜋 𝑥+tan 𝑥
26. ∫0 𝑑𝑥
sec 𝑥+tan 𝑥
1
sin−1 𝑥
√2
27. ∫0 (1−𝑥2 )3/2 𝑑𝑥

28. ∫(𝑥 − 3) √𝑥 2 + 3𝑥 − 18 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 2 +sin2 𝑥)sec2 𝑥
29. ∫ 𝑑𝑥
1+𝑥 2
𝑥 4 +1
30. ∫ 𝑥 (𝑥2 +1)2 𝑑𝑥
1 𝑥+|𝑥|+1
31. ∫−1 𝑥2 +2|𝑥|+1 𝑑𝑥
1 𝑥 3+ |𝑥|+1
32. ∫−1 𝑥2 +2|𝑥|+1 𝑑𝑥

33. ∫ log cos 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥


𝑥2
34. ∫ 1+𝑥4 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
35. ∫ 𝑥4 −𝑥2 −12
𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
36. ∫ (𝑥2 +𝑎2 )(𝑥2 +𝑏2 )

𝑥
37. ∫ sin−1 √𝑎+𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝜋
2 √1+cos 𝑥
38. ∫𝜋 5
3 (1−cos 𝑥)2

𝜋
39. ∫0 𝑥 log sin 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
3
𝑥 3 𝑑𝑥 2 )2
40. If ∫ = 𝑎 (1 + 𝑥 + 𝑏√1 + 𝑥 2 + 𝐶, then find the value of a and b.
√1+𝑥 2
1−sin 2𝑥
41. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 2𝑥 ( ) 𝑑𝑥
1−cos 2𝑥
sin(𝑥−𝑎)
42. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
sin(𝑥+𝑎)

1−𝑥 2
43. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 ( ) 𝑑𝑥 .
1+𝑥 2
𝑥9
44. Evaluate ∫ (4𝑥2 𝑑𝑥
+1)6

2𝑥 2 +1
45. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 2 (𝑥 2 +4)

𝑥 2 +1
46. Evaluate ∫ (𝑥2 𝑑𝑥
+4)(𝑥 2 +25)
𝑑𝑥
47. Evaluate ∫
𝑥(𝑥 3 +8)

𝑥2
48. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
(𝑥 sin 𝑥+cos 𝑥)2

𝑥 2 +4
49. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 4 +16
𝑥 2 +1
50. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 4 +1

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
69

𝜋
𝑑𝑥
51. ∫0
2
(𝑎2 cos2 𝑥+𝑏2 sin2 𝑥)2
1
52. ∫0 𝑥 log(1 + 2𝑥 )𝑑𝑥
sin 𝑥−𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥
53. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
√sin 2𝑥
sin 4𝑥−4
54. Evaluate ∫ 𝑒 𝑥 ( ) 𝑑𝑥
1−cos 4𝑥

55. Evaluate ∫ 𝑥. log |(𝑥 + 1)|𝑑𝑥.


𝑥 2 +𝑥+1
56. Evaluate ∫ (𝑥+2)(𝑥2 𝑑𝑥.
+1)

57. ∫ 𝑒 −3𝑥 cos 3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥


58. ∫ √tan 𝑥 𝑑𝑥
tan 𝑥+ 𝑡𝑎𝑛3 𝑥
59. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
1+𝑡𝑎𝑛3 𝑥
𝑥2
60. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 4 +𝑥 2 +1
𝜋
61. Evaluate ∫ 4
𝜋 sin3 𝑥 𝑑𝑥.
−4
𝜋
62. Evaluate ∫0 log(1 + tan 𝑥 )𝑑𝑥.
4

5
63. Evaluate ∫2 [|𝑥 − 2| + |𝑥 − 3| + |𝑥 − 5|] 𝑑𝑥.
4
64. Evaluate ∫0 (|𝑥| + |𝑥 − 2| + |𝑥 − 4|) 𝑑𝑥.
3
65. Evaluate ∫1 [|𝑥 − 1| + |𝑥 − 2| + |𝑥 − 3|] 𝑑𝑥.
2
66. Evaluate ∫−1 𝑓 (𝑥 ) 𝑑𝑥 , where 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = |𝑥 + 1| + |𝑥| + |𝑥 − 1|.
2
67. Evaluate ∫−2|𝑥 cos 𝜋𝑥| 𝑑𝑥 .
2𝜋 1
68. Evaluate ∫0 𝑑𝑥.
1+𝑒 sin 𝑥
2𝜋 𝑥 sin 𝑥
69. Evaluate ∫0 𝑑𝑥.
1+cos2 𝑥
1 𝑥 4 +1
70. Evaluate ∫0 𝑥2 +1 𝑑𝑥.
𝜋
𝑥+sin 𝑥
71. Evaluate ∫0 2 𝑑𝑥.
1+cos 𝑥
2 5𝑥 2
72. Evaluate ∫1 𝑑𝑥.
𝑥 2 +4𝑥+3
1 1
73. Evaluate ∫0 log ( − 1) 𝑑𝑥.
𝑥
𝜋
4
74. ∫ log(sin 𝑥 + cos 𝑥 )𝑑𝑥

𝜋
4

𝑥+sin 𝑥
75. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥 .
1+cos 𝑥
1 log (1+𝑥)
76. Evaluate ∫0 𝑑𝑥.
1+𝑥 2
𝜋 𝑥
77. Evaluate ∫0 𝑑𝑥.
1+sin 𝑥
𝜋
𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 𝑥
78. Evaluate ∫0 2 𝑑𝑥.
sin4 𝑥+cos4 𝑥

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
70

𝜋
3 𝑑𝑥
79. Evaluate ∫ 𝜋 .
1+√tan 𝑥
6
𝜋 𝑥
80. Evaluate ∫0 𝑑𝑥.
𝑎2 cos2 𝑥+𝑏2 sin2 𝑥
𝜋 𝑒 cos 𝑥
81. Evaluate ∫0 𝑑𝑥.
𝑒 cos 𝑥 +𝑒 − cos 𝑥
𝜋
82. Evaluate ∫0 (2 log sin 𝑥 − log sin 2𝑥 ) 𝑑𝑥.
2

3
83. Evaluate ∫1 (𝑥 2 + 𝑥 ) 𝑑𝑥 as a limit of a sum.
5
84. Evaluate ∫2 (3𝑥 2 − 5) 𝑑𝑥 as a limit of a sum.
2
85. Evaluate ∫−1(7𝑥 − 5) 𝑑𝑥 as a limit of sums.
𝜋
𝑥
86. Evaluate ∫0 2 𝑑𝑥.
sin 𝑥+cos 𝑥

𝑎 𝑥
87. Evaluate ∫0 sin−1 √ 𝑑𝑥.
𝑎+𝑥

1
88. Evaluate ∫0 2 tan−1 𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥.

𝑎 𝑎−𝑥
89. Evaluate ∫−𝑎 √ 𝑑𝑥.
𝑎+𝑥

1
90. Evaluate ∫0 cot −1 (1 − 𝑥 + 𝑥 2 ) 𝑑𝑥.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
71

Answers

tan11𝑥 tan9 𝑥
1. + +𝑐
11 9
2 1 𝑥 1 𝑥−1
2. tan−1 + log | |+𝑐
3 √2 √2 6 𝑥+1
1 1 𝑥 2 −3
3. log |𝑥 4 − 9| + log | |+𝑐
4 12 𝑥 2 +3

4. NA
𝜋2 −4𝜋
5. + log √2
16
1 7
6. 𝑎 = − 𝑏=−
8 8

7. 𝑎 = 9
𝑒
8. 𝑎 + 1 −
2
𝑥 2 +2
9. log | |+𝑐
√𝑥 2 +1
𝑥 √𝑥 𝑥
10. 2[ − + √𝑥 − log |√𝑥 + 1|]
3 2

𝑥 𝑥2
11. – 𝑎 [𝑐𝑜𝑠 −1 ( ) + √1 − 2 ] + 𝑐
𝑎 𝑎

3 3
4
12. [𝑥 4 − log |1 + 𝑥 4 |] + 𝑐
3
3
1 1 2
13. − [1 + 2] +𝑐
3 𝑥
1 1+𝑥 1
14. {log | |} − 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝑐
4 1−𝑥 2
sin (𝑥−𝑏)
15. 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑒𝑐 (𝑏 − 𝑎) log | |+ 𝑐
sin (𝑥−𝑎)

16. (𝑥 + 1) 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 √𝑥 − √𝑥 + 𝑐
1
17. – ( sin 2𝑥 + sin 𝑥) + 𝑐
2

18. tan 𝑥 − cot 𝑥 − 3𝑥 + 𝑐


19. 𝜋
−1 𝑥
20. 𝑥 𝑒 𝑡𝑎𝑛 +𝑐
2 3
−1 √𝑥
21. 𝑠𝑖𝑛 +𝑐
3 𝑎3

22. 2 sin 𝑥 + 𝑥 + 𝑐
1
23. 𝑠𝑒𝑐 −1 (𝑥 2 ) + 𝑐
2
𝜋
24.
3

25. TBD
26. TBD
27. TBD
28. TBD
29. TBD
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
72

30. TBD
31. TBD
32. 2 log 2
33. TBD
34. TBD
1 𝑥−2 √3 𝑥
35. log | |+ 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 +𝑐
7 𝑥+2 7 √3
1 𝑥 𝑥
36. {𝑎 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 − 𝑏 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 } + 𝑐
𝑎2 −𝑏2 𝑎 𝑏

𝑥 𝑥 𝑥 𝑥
37. 𝑎 [ 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 √ − √ + 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 √ ] + 𝑐
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎

3
38.
2
𝜋2 1
39. log
2 2
1
40. 𝑎= , 𝑏 = −1
3
–𝑒 2𝑥
41. cot 𝑥 + 𝑐
2

42. (𝑥 + 𝑎) cos 2𝑎 − sin 2𝑎 ln |sin (𝑥 + 𝑎)| + 𝑐


𝑒𝑥
43. (1+𝑥 2 )2
+𝑐

1 1 −5
44. ( + 4) +𝑐
10 𝑥2
1 7 𝑥
45. − + 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( ) + 𝑐
4𝑥 8 2
1 1 𝑥 8 1 𝑥
46. − . 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( ) + . 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( ) + 𝑐
7 2 2 7 5 5

1 𝑥
47. log | 1 |+𝑐
8 (𝑥 3 +8)3
–𝑥 sec 𝑥
48. + tan 𝑥 + 𝑐
𝑥 sin 𝑥+cos 𝑥
1 𝑥 2 −4
49. 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )+𝑐
2√ 2 2√ 2 𝑥
1 𝑥 2 −1
50. 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )+𝑐
√2 𝑥 √2
𝜋 𝑎2 +𝑏2
51. ( )
4 𝑎3 𝑏3
3
52. log 3
8

53. – log |(sin 𝑥 + cos 𝑥 + √sin 2𝑥)| + 𝑐


54. 𝑒 𝑥 cot 2𝑥 + 𝑐
1 𝑥2 𝑥
55. |(𝑥 2 − 1) log (𝑥 + 1)| + +𝑐
2 4 2
3 1 1
56. log |𝑥 + 2| + log |𝑥 2 + 1| + 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 𝑥 + 𝑐
5 5 5
𝑒 −3𝑥 3𝑒 −3𝑥
57. [sin 3𝑥 − cos 3𝑥 ] + [sin 𝑥 − 3 cos 𝑥 ] + 𝑐
24 40
1 tan 𝑥−1 1 tan 𝑥−√2 tan 𝑥+1
58. 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )+ log | |+𝑐
√2 √2 tan 𝑥 2√ 2 tan 𝑥+√2 tan 𝑥+1
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
73

1 1 1 2 tan 𝑥−1
59. − log |1 + tan 𝑥| + log |𝑡𝑎𝑛2 𝑥 − tan 𝑥 + 1| + 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1 ( )+𝑐
3 6 √3 √3
1 −1 𝑥 2 −1 1 𝑥 2 −𝑥+1
60. 𝑡𝑎𝑛 ( ) + log | |+𝑐
2√ 3 𝑥 √3 4 𝑥 2 +𝑥+1

61. 0
𝜋
62. log 2
8
23
63.
2

64. 20
65. 5
19
66.
2
8
67.
𝜋

68. 𝜋
𝜋2
69.
4
3𝜋−4
70.
6
𝜋
71.
2
45 5 5 3
72. 5− log + log
2 4 2 2

73. 0
𝜋 1
74. log
4 2
𝑥
75. 𝑥 . tan + 𝑐
2
𝜋
76. log 2
8

77. 𝜋
𝜋2
78.
16
𝜋
79.
12
𝜋2
80.
2𝑎𝑏
𝜋
81.
2
𝜋
82. − log 2
2
38
83.
3

84. 102
9
85. −
2
𝜋
86. log |√2 + 1|
2√ 2
𝜋−2
87. 𝑎 ( )
2
𝜋 𝜋 1 2−√2
88. + − log | |
2 √2 √2 2+√2

89. 𝑎𝜋
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
74

𝜋
90. − log 2
2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
75

Chapter 8 APPLICATION OF INTEGRALS

The area of the region bounded by the curve 𝑦 = 𝑓 (𝑥 ), 𝑥-axis and the lines 𝑥 = 𝑎 and 𝑥 =
𝑏 (𝑏 > 𝑎) is given by the formula:

𝑏 𝑏
Area = ∫𝑎 𝑦𝑑𝑥 = ∫𝑎 𝑓 (𝑥 )𝑑𝑥

The area of the region bounded by the curve 𝑥 = φ (𝑦), 𝑦-axis and the lines 𝑦 = 𝑐, 𝑦 = 𝑑 is
given by the formula:

𝑑 𝑑
Area = ∫𝑐 𝑥𝑑𝑦 = ∫𝑐 φ(𝑦)𝑑𝑦

The area of the region enclosed between two curves 𝑦 = 𝑓(𝑥), 𝑦 = 𝑔(𝑥) and the lines 𝑥 =
𝑎, 𝑥 = 𝑏 is given by the formula.

𝑏
Area = ∫𝑎 [𝑓 (𝑥 ) − g (𝑥 )]𝑑𝑥, where 𝑓(𝑥) ≥ g(𝑥) in [a, b]

If 𝑓(𝑥) ≥ g(𝑥) in [a, c] and 𝑓(𝑥) ≤ g(𝑥) in [c, b], 𝑎 < 𝑐 < 𝑏, then

𝑐 𝑏
Area = ∫𝑎 [𝑓 (𝑥 ) − g (𝑥)]𝑑𝑥 + ∫𝑐 (g (𝑥 ) − 𝑓 (𝑥))𝑑𝑥

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
76

Ch 8- Application of Integrals

6 Marks Questions
𝜋
1. Find the area of the region bounded by the 𝑦-axis, 𝑦 = 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 and 𝑦 = 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑥, 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ .
2

2. Find the area of the region bounded by the curve 𝑦 = √16 − 𝑥 2 and 𝑥-axis.
3. Find the area of the region above the 𝑥 − axis, included between the parabola
𝑦 2 = 𝑎𝑥 and the circle 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 2𝑎𝑥.
4. Find the area of the region bounded by the parabola 𝑦 2 = 2𝑝𝑥, 𝑥 2 = 2𝑝𝑦.
5. Find the area of the region {(x, y): y 2 ≤ 6𝑎x and x 2 + y 2 ≤ 16𝑎2 }, using method of
integration.
6. Find the area of the region bounded by 𝑦 = √𝑥 and 𝑦 = 𝑥.
7. Find the area bounded by the curve 𝑦 = √𝑥 , 𝑥 = 2𝑦 + 3 in the first quadrant and 𝑥-axis.
8. Find area of the region {(x, y): x 2 + y 2 ≤ 4, x + y ≥ 2}.
9. Find the area of the region {(x, y): (x 2 + y 2 ) ≤ 1 ≤ x + y}.
3𝑥 2
10. Find the area of the region included between the parabola y = and the line
4

3𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 12 = 0.
11. Find the area of the region bounded by the curves 𝑥 = 𝑎𝑡 2 and 𝑦 =
2𝑎𝑡 between the ordinate coresponding to 𝑡 = 1 and 𝑡 = 2.
12. Find the area of the region given by {(x, y): x 2 ≤ y ≤ |x|}.
13. Using integration, find the area of the region {(x, y): x 2 + y 2 ≤ 16, x 2 ≤ 6y}.
14. Draw a rough sketch of the curve 𝑦 = √𝑥 − 1 in the interval [1,5]. Find the area under
the curve and between the lines 𝑥 = 1 and 𝑥 = 5.

15. Determine the area under the curve 𝑦 = √𝑎2 − 𝑥 2 included between the lines 𝑥 = 0
and 𝑥 = 𝑎.
16. Using integration, find the area of the following region

{(x, y): |x − 1| ≤ y ≤ √5 − x 2 }.

17. Find the area of the region {(x, y): y 2 ≥ 6x, x 2 + y 2 ≤ 16}.
18. Sketch the region {(𝑥, 0) ∶ 𝑦 = √4 − 𝑥 2 } and 𝑥-axis. Find the area of the region using
integration.
19. Calculate the area under the curve 𝑦 = 2√𝑥 included between the lines 𝑥 = 0 and 𝑥 =
1.
20. Find the area bounded by the curve 𝑦 = 2𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑥 and the 𝑥-axis from 𝑥 = 0 to 𝑥 = 2𝜋.
21. Draw a rough sketch of the given curve 𝑦 = 1 + |𝑥 + 1|, 𝑥 = −3, 𝑥 = 3, 𝑦 = 0 and find
the area of the region bounded by them, using integration.
22. Compute the area bounded by the lines 𝑥 + 2𝑦 = 2, 𝑦 − 𝑥 = 1 and 2𝑥 + 𝑦 = 7.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
77

23. Find the area bounded by the lines 𝑦 = 4𝑥 + 5, 𝑦 = 5 − 𝑥 and 4𝑦 = 𝑥 + 5.


24. Using integration find the area of the region
{(𝑥, 𝑦) ∶ 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ≤ 2𝑎𝑥, 𝑦 2 ≥ 𝑎𝑥, 𝑥, 𝑦 ≥ 0}.
25. Find the area bounded by the curve 𝑦 = sin 𝑥 between 𝑥 = 0 and 𝑥 = 2𝜋.
26. Draw a rough sketch of the region {(𝑥, 𝑦) ∶ 𝑦 2 ≤ 6𝑎𝑥 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ≤ 16𝑎2 } . Also find
the area of the region sketched using method of integration.
27. Using integration, find the area of the origin :
{(𝑥, 𝑦) ∶ 0 ≤ 2𝑦 ≤ 𝑥 2 , 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 𝑥, 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 3}
28. Find the area of the origin :
{(𝑥, 𝑦) ∶ 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ≤ 8, 𝑥 2 ≤ 2𝑦}

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
78

Answers

1. (√2 − 1) sq. units


2. 8 sq. units
𝜋 2
3. 𝑎2 ( − ) sq. units
4 3
4
4. 𝑝2 sq. units
3
4 16𝑎2 𝜋
5. 𝑎2 + sq. units
√3 3
1
6. sq. units
6

7. 9 sq. units
8. (𝜋 − 2) sq. units
𝜋 1
9. ( − ) sq. units
4 2

10. 27 sq. units


56
11. 𝑎2 sq. units
3
7
12. sq. units
2
4√ 3 16𝜋
13. ( + ) sq. units
3 3
16
14. sq. units
3
𝜋𝑎2
15. sq. units
4
5 2 1 1
16. [ (𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 + 𝑠𝑖𝑛−1 ) − ] sq. units
2 √5 5 2

4√ 3 16𝜋
17. + sq. units
3 3

18. 2𝜋 sq. units


4
19. sq. units
3

20. 8 sq. units


21. 15 sq. units
22. 6 sq. units
15
23. sq. units
2

24. TBD
25. 4 sq. units
4
26.
3
(√3 + 2𝜋)𝑎2 sq. units

27. TBD
28. TBD

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
79

Chapter 9 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Differential Equation: An equation involving derivative (derivatives) of the dependent variable


with respect to independent variable (variables) is called a differential equation.

 A differential equation involving derivatives of the dependent variable with respect to only
one independent variable is called an ordinary differential equation and a differential
equation involving derivatives with respect to more than one independent variables is called
a partial differential equation.
 Order of a differential equation is the order of the highest order derivative occurring in the
differential equation.

Degree of a differential equation is defined if it is a polynomial equation in its derivatives.

 Degree (when defined) of a differential equation is the highest power (positive integer only)
of the highest order derivative in it.

General Solution and Particular Solution

A relation between involved variables, which satisfy the given differential equation is called its
solution. The solution which contains as many arbitrary constants as the order of the differential
equation is called the general solution and the solution free from arbitrary constants is called
particular solution.

Formation of a Differential Equation

To form a differential equation from a given function, we differentiate the function successively
as many times as the number of arbitrary constants in the given function and then eliminate the
arbitrary constants.

 The order of a differential equation representing a family of curves is same as the number of
arbitrary constants present in the equation corresponding to the family of curves.

‘Variable separable method’ is used to solve such an equation in which variables can be
separated completely, i.e., terms containing 𝑥 should remain with 𝑑𝑥 and terms containing y
should remain with 𝑑𝑦.

Homogeneous Differential Equation

A function F(𝑥, 𝑦) is said to be a homogeneous function of degree n if F(𝜆𝑥, 𝜆𝑦 ) = 𝜆𝑛 F (𝑥, 𝑦)


for some non-zero constant 𝜆.

𝑑𝑦 𝑑𝑥
A differential equation which can be expressed in the form dy = F(𝑥, 𝑦)or = G(𝑥, 𝑦),
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑦

where 𝐹(𝑥, 𝑦) and 𝐺(𝑥, 𝑦) are homogeneous functions of degree zero, is called a homogeneous
differential equation.
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
80

𝑑𝑦
To solve a homogeneous differential equation of the type = F(𝑥, 𝑦), we make substitution
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥
𝑦 = 𝑣𝑥 and to solve a homogeneous differential equation of the type = G(𝑥, 𝑦), we make
𝑑𝑦

substitution 𝑥 = 𝑣𝑦.

Linear Differential Equation

A differential equation of the form 𝑑𝑦/𝑑𝑥 + P𝑦 = Q, where P and are constants or functions of 𝑥
only is known as a first order linear differential equation. Solution of such a differential equation is
given by 𝑦 (I. F. ) = ∫ (Q × I. F. )𝑑𝑥 + C, where

 I. F. (Integrating Factor) = 𝑒 ∫ P𝑑𝑥 .

𝑑𝑥
Another form of first order linear differential equation is + P 1 𝑥 = Q1 , where P 1 and Q1 are
𝑑𝑦

constants or functions of y only. Solution of such a differential equation is given by 𝑥(I. F. ) =

∫ (Q1 × I. F. )𝑑𝑦 + C, where I. F. = 𝑒 ∫ P1 𝑑𝑦 .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
81

Ch 9- Differential Equations

1 or 2 Marks Questions

1. Find the degree of the differential equation


𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑 2𝑦
2
+ 3 ( ) = 𝑥 2 log ( )
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2
2
𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑2𝑦
2. Find the order and degree of the differential equation [1 + ( ) ] = respectively.
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2

3. Find the order of the differential equation of all circles of given radius a.
4. Find the integrating factor of the differential equation
𝑑𝑦
(𝑥 log 𝑥 ) + 𝑦 = 2 log 𝑥
𝑑𝑥

𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦
5. Find the degree of the differential equation √1 + =𝑥+
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥

𝑑𝑦
6. Find the solution of = 2𝑦−𝑥 .
𝑑𝑥
3
𝑑𝑦 2 2 𝑑2𝑦
7. Find the degree of the differential equation [1 + ( ) ] = .
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2
1
1
𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦 4
8. Find the order and degree of the differential equation + ( ) + 𝑥 = 0 , respectively.
5
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
𝑑2𝑦
9. Find the degree of the differential equation +𝑒 𝑑𝑥 =0.
𝑑𝑥 2

𝑑𝑦 2
10. Find The degree of the differential equation √1 + ( ) = 𝑥.
𝑑𝑥

Determine the order and degree of each of the following differential equations. State also if they
are linear or non-linear (Q.11 to Q.22) :

3/2
𝑑𝑦 2
{1+( ) }
𝑑𝑥
11. (i) 𝑑2 𝑦
=k
𝑑𝑥2

𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦
(ii) =1+√
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥

𝑑𝑦 𝑐
(iii) 𝑦 = +
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑦/𝑑𝑥

𝑑𝑦 1
(iv) 𝑦 + = ∫ 𝑦 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑥 4

𝑑3𝑥 𝑑 2𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2
12. + + ( ) = 𝑒𝑡
𝑑𝑡 3 𝑑𝑡 2 𝑑𝑡

𝑑𝑦 2 1
13. ( ) + =2
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑦/𝑑𝑥

1/3
𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑 2𝑦
14. √1 + ( ) = (𝑐 )
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
82

3 𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦
15. √ =√
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
3
𝑑4𝑦 𝑑𝑦 2 2
16. = {𝑐 + ( ) }
𝑑𝑥 4 𝑑𝑥

𝑑𝑦𝑑𝑦 2
17. 𝑥 + ( ) = √1 + ( )
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥

𝑑2𝑡 𝑑𝑡
18. 𝑠 2 + 𝑠𝑡 =𝑠
𝑑𝑠 2 𝑑𝑠

𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦 2
19. 2 2
+ 3√1 − ( ) −𝑦 = 0
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
20. 𝑦 = 𝑝𝑥 + √𝑎2 𝑝2 + 𝑏2 , where 𝑝 =
𝑑𝑥
2
𝑑 2𝑦 𝑑𝑦 2 𝑑2𝑦
21. ( 2) + ( ) = 𝑥 sin ( )
𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2

𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦 2 2 𝑑 2𝑦
22. + 3 ( ) = 𝑥 log ( )
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥 𝑑𝑥 2

23. Find the differential equation of system of concentric circles with center (1, 2).

4 Marks Questions

24. Obtain the differential equation of all circles of radius 𝑟.


25. Find the differential equation of the family of lines through the origin.
26. Find the differential equation of all non-horizontal lines in a plane.
27. Find the equation of a curve whose tangent at any point on it, different from origin, has slope
𝑦
𝑦+ .
𝑥

28. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (1, 1) if the perpendicular distance of
the origin from the normal at any point P(x, y) of the curve is equal to the distance of P from
the x-axis.
𝜋
29. Find the equation of a curve passing through (1, ) if the slope of the tangent to the curve at
4
𝑦 𝑦
any point P (𝑥, 𝑦) is − cos 2 .
𝑥 𝑥
𝑑𝑦 𝑦 𝜋
30. Solve 𝑥 2 − 𝑥𝑦 = 1 + cos ( ) , 𝑥 ≠ 0 and 𝑥 = 1, 𝑦 =
𝑑𝑥 𝑥 2

31. State the type of the differential equation for the equation. 𝑥𝑑𝑦 − 𝑦𝑑𝑥 = √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 𝑑𝑥 and
solve it.
𝑑𝑦
32. Solve the differential equation + 1 = 𝑒 𝑥+𝑦
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦 1
33. If 𝑦(𝑡) is a solution of (1 + 𝑡) − 𝑡𝑦 = 1 and 𝑦 (0) = −1, then show that 𝑦 (1) = −
𝑑𝑥 2

34. From the differential equation having 𝑦 = (sin−1 𝑥 )2 + 𝐴cos −1 𝑥 + 𝐵, where A and B are
arbitrary constants, as its general solution.
35. Find the general solution of the differential equation
𝑑𝑦
(1 + 𝑦 2 ) + (𝑥 − 𝑒 tan −1𝑦 ) = 0.
𝑑𝑥
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
83

36. Solve : (𝑥 + 𝑦) (𝑑𝑥 − 𝑑𝑦) = 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑑𝑦.


𝑑
37. Solve : 𝑦 + (𝑥𝑦) = 𝑥 (sin𝑥 + log𝑥 )
𝑑𝑥

38. Find the general solution of (1 + tan𝑦) (𝑑𝑥 − 𝑑𝑦) + 2𝑥𝑑𝑦 = 0.


𝑑𝑦
39. Solve : = cos(𝑥 + 𝑦) + sin (𝑥 + 𝑦).
𝑑𝑥

40. Find the equation of a curve passing through the point (1, 1). If the tangent drawn at any
point P (𝑥, 𝑦) on the curve meets the co-ordinate axes at A and B such that P is the mid-point
of AB.
𝑑𝑦
41. Solve : 𝑥 = 𝑦 (log 𝑦 − log 𝑥 + 1)
𝑑𝑥

42. Show that the differential equation that represents the family of all parabolas having their
axis of symmetry coincident with the axis of 𝑥 is 𝑦𝑦2 + 𝑦12 = 0.
43. Assume that a rain drop evaporates at a rate proportional to its surface area. Form a
differential equation involving the rate of change of the radius of the rain drop.
44. Find the differential equation of all the parabolas with latus rectum ′4𝑎′ and whose axes are
parallel to 𝑥-axis.
45. Solve the initial value problem 𝑒 (𝑑𝑦/𝑑𝑥) = 𝑥 + 1; 𝑦(0) = 5.

Solve the following differential equations (Q.46 to Q.49) :

𝑑𝑦
46. = 𝑥 5 tan−1(𝑥 3 )
𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
47. cos 𝑥 − cos 2𝑥 = cos 3𝑥
𝑑𝑥

48. √𝑎 + 𝑥 𝑑𝑦 + 𝑥 𝑑𝑥 = 0
𝑑𝑦
49. (𝑥 3 + 𝑥 2 + 𝑥 + 1) = 2𝑥 2 + 𝑥
𝑑𝑥

50. Show that the following differential equation is homogenous and then solve it
𝑦
𝑦 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑥 log ( ) 𝑑𝑦 − 2𝑥 𝑑𝑦 = 0
𝑥
51. Show that the differential equation 2𝑦𝑒 𝑥/𝑦 𝑑𝑥 + (𝑦 − 2𝑥𝑒 𝑥/𝑦 )𝑑𝑦 = 0 is homogenous. Find
the particular solution of this differential equation, given that 𝑥 = 0, when y = 1.
𝑑𝑥 𝑦 tan 𝑦−𝑥 tan 𝑦−𝑥𝑦
52. Solve =
𝑑𝑦 𝑦 tan𝑦

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
84

Answers

1. Not Defined
2. 2,1
3. 2
4. log x
5. not defined
6. 2−𝑥 − 2−𝑦 = 𝑘
7. Not Defined
8. 2 and not defined
9. not defined
10. not defined
11. (i) second order, second degree & non – linear (ii) second order, second degree & non –
linear (iii) order 1 , second degree & non – linear (iv) second order , degree 1 & linear
12. order 3, degree 1 & non – linear
13. order 1, degree 3 & non – linear
14. order 2, degree 2 & non – linear
15. order 2, degree 2 & non – linear
16. order 4, degree 2 & non – linear
17. order 1, degree 2 & linear
18. order 2, degree 1 & non – linear
19. order 2, degree 2 & non – linear
20. order 1, degree 2 & non – linear
21. order 2, degree undefined & non – linear
22. order 2, degree undefined & non – linear
𝑑𝑦
23. (𝑥 − 1) + (𝑦 − 2) =0
𝑑𝑥

24. ( (𝑦′)2 + 1)3 = (𝑟𝑦′′)2


𝑑𝑦
25. 𝑥 −𝑦 = 0
𝑑𝑥
𝑑2𝑦
26. =0
𝑑𝑥 2

27. 𝑦 = 𝑘𝑥 . 𝑒 𝑥 .
28. 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 − 2𝑥 = 0
𝑦
29. tan + log 𝑥 = 𝑐
𝑥
𝑦 1 3
30. tan ( ) = − +
2𝑥 2𝑥 2 2

31. 𝑦 + √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 = 𝑐𝑥 2
32. (𝑥 − 𝑐 ) 𝑒 𝑥+𝑦 + 1 = 0
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
85

33. N.A
𝑑2𝑦 𝑑𝑦
34. (1 − 𝑥 2 ) −𝑥 −2 =0
𝑑𝑥 2 𝑑𝑥
−1 −1
35. 2𝑥𝑒 tan 𝑦
= 𝑒 2 tan 𝑦
+𝑐
36. 𝑥 + 𝑦 = 𝑘 𝑒 𝑥−𝑦
2 sin 𝑥 2 cos 𝑥 𝑥 log 𝑥 𝑥
37. 𝑦 = − cos 𝑥 + + + − + 𝑐𝑥 −2
𝑥 𝑥2 3 9

38. 𝑥 (sin 𝑦 + cos 𝑦) = sin 𝑦 + 𝑐𝑒 −𝑦


𝑥+𝑦
39. log |1 + tan ( )| = 𝑥 + 𝑐
2

40. 𝑥𝑦 = 1
𝑥
41. log ( ) = 𝑐𝑥
𝑦

42. N.A
𝑑𝑟
43. = −𝑘
𝑑𝑡

44. 2𝑎 𝑦2 + 𝑦1 3 = 0
45. N.A
1
46. 𝑦 = (𝑥 6 tan−1 𝑥 3 − 𝑥 3 + tan−1 𝑥 3 ) + 𝐶
6

47. 𝑦 = sin 2𝑥 − 𝑥 + 2 sin 𝑥 − log |sec 𝑥 + tan 𝑥| + 𝐶


2
48. 𝑦 + (𝑎 + 𝑥 )3/2 − 2𝑎 √𝑎 + 𝑥 = 𝐶
3
1 3 1
49. 𝑦 = log |𝑥 + 1| + log (𝑥 2 + 1) − tan−1 𝑥 + 𝐶
2 4 2

50. TBD
51. TBD
52. TBD

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
86

Chapter 10 VECTOR ALGEBRA

1. A quantity that has magnitude as well as direction is called a vector.


𝑎⃗⃗
2. The unit vector in the direction of 𝑎⃗ is given by |𝑎⃗⃗| a a and is represented by 𝑎̂ .

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ = 𝑥𝑖̂ + 𝑦 𝑗̂ + 𝑧 𝑘̂ and its magnitude as


3. Position vector of a point P (𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧) is given as OP
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗| = √𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 + 𝑧 2 , where O is the origin.
|OP
4. The scalar components of a vector are its direction ratios, and represent its projections along
the respective axes.
5. The magnitude r, direction ratios (𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐) and direction cosines (𝑙, 𝑚, 𝑛) of any vector are
related as:
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐
𝑙 = ,𝑚 = ,𝑛 = .
𝑟 𝑟 𝑟

6. The sum of the vectors representing the three sides of a triangle taken in order is 0
7. The triangle law of vector addition states that “If two vectors are represented by two sides of
a triangle taken in order, then their sum or resultant is given by the third side taken in
opposite order”.

Scalar multiplication

If 𝑎⃗ is a given vector and 𝜆 a scalar, then 𝜆 𝑎⃗ is a vector whose magnitude is |𝜆 𝑎⃗| = |𝜆||𝑎⃗|. The
direction of 𝜆 𝑎⃗ is same as that of 𝑎⃗ if 𝜆 is positive and, opposite to that of 𝑎⃗ if 𝜆 is negative.

Vector joining two points

If P1 (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 , 𝑧1 ) and P2 (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 , 𝑧2 ) are any two points, then

P1 P2 = (𝑥2 − 𝑥1 ) 𝑖̂ + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 ) 𝑗̂ + (𝑧2 − 𝑧1 ) 𝑘̂


⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
|P 2 2
1 P2 | = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 ) + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 ) + (𝑧2 − 𝑧1 )
2

Section formula

The position vector of a point R dividing the line segment joining the points P and Q whose

position vectors are 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗

⃗⃗
⃗⃗+m𝑏
𝑛𝑎
(i) in the ratio 𝑚 ∶ 𝑛 internally, is given by
𝑚+𝑛
⃗⃗ − 𝑛𝑎⃗⃗
m𝑏
(ii) in the ratio 𝑚 ∶ 𝑛 externally, is given by
𝑚−𝑛

⃗⃗ . 𝒃
𝒂 ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗ . 𝒃
𝒂 ⃗⃗
⃗⃗ along ⃗𝒃⃗ is . ⃗⃗ and the Projection vector of 𝒂
Projection of 𝒂 ⃗⃗ along ⃗𝒃⃗ is . ( ⃗⃗ ) ⃗𝒃⃗ .
|𝒃| |𝒃|

Scalar or dot product

The scalar or dot product of two given vectors a and b having an angle θ between them is
defined as
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
87

𝑎⃗ . 𝑏⃗⃗ = |𝑎⃗| |𝑏⃗⃗| cos θ

Vector or cross product

The cross product of two vectors 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ having angle θ between them is given as

𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗ = |𝑎⃗||𝑏⃗⃗| sin θ 𝑛̂,

where 𝑛̂ is a unit vector perpendicular to the plane containing 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑎⃗, 𝑏, 𝑛̂ form a right
handed system.

If 𝑎⃗ = 𝑎1 𝑖̂ + 𝑎2 𝑗̂ + 𝑎3 𝑘̂ and 𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑏1 𝑖̂ + 𝑏2 𝑗̂ + 𝑏3 𝑘̂ are two vectors and λ is any scalar, then

𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ = (𝑎1 + 𝑏1 ) 𝑖̂ + (𝑎2 + 𝑏2 ) 𝑗̂ + (𝑎3 + 𝑏3 ) 𝑘̂

𝜆 𝑎 = (𝜆 𝑎1 ) 𝑖̂ + (𝜆 𝑎2 ) 𝑗̂ + (𝜆 𝑎3 ) 𝑘̂

𝑎⃗ . 𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑎1 𝑏1 + 𝑎2 𝑏2 + 𝑎3 𝑏3

𝑖̂ 𝑗̂ 𝑘̂
⃗⃗
and 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏 = |𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1 | .
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2

⃗⃗ and ⃗𝒃⃗ is given by


Angle between two vectors 𝒂

𝑎⃗ . 𝑏⃗⃗ 𝑎1 𝑏1 + 𝑎2 𝑏2 + 𝑎3 𝑏3
cos θ = =
|𝑎⃗|| 𝑏⃗⃗| √𝑎2 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎2 √𝑏2 + 𝑏2 + 𝑏 2
1 2 3 1 2 3

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
88

Ch 10- Vector Algebra

1 OR 2 Marks Questions

1. Find a vector of magnitude 11 in the direction opposite to that of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗


PQ , where P and Q are the
points (1, 3, 2) and (−1, 0, 8), respectively.
2. If the points (−1, −1, 2), (2, 𝑚, 5) and (3, 11, 6) are collinear, find the value of 𝑚.
𝜋 𝜋
3. Find a vector 𝑟⃗ of magnitude 3√2 units which makes an angle of and with 𝑦 and 𝑧-axes,
4 2

respectively.

4. If 𝑎⃗ = 𝑥𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ − 𝑧𝑘̂ and 𝑏⃗⃗ = 3𝑖̂ − 𝑦𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ are two equal vectors, then write the value of 𝑥 + 𝑦 +
𝑧.
5. For what values of 𝑎⃗, the vectors 2𝑖̂ − 3𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ and 𝑎𝑖̂ + 6𝑗̂ − 8𝑘̂ are collinear?
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ + BC
6. If A, B and C are the vertices of a ∆ABC, then what is the value of AB ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ + CA
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ ?

7. What is the cosine of angle which the vector √2𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ makes with Y-axis ?

8. If 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ are two vectors such that|𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗| = |𝑎⃗|, then prove that vector 2𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ is

perpendicular to vector𝑏⃗⃗.

9. Find 𝜆, when projection of 𝑎⃗ = 𝜆𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ on 𝑏⃗⃗ = 2𝑖̂ + 6𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ is 4 units.
10. Write the value of (𝑘̂ × 𝑗̂). 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂. 𝑘̂ .

11. If 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ are two vectors, such that |𝑎⃗. 𝑏⃗⃗| = |𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗|, then find angle between 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗.
12. Find value of the following
𝑖̂. (𝑗̂ × 𝑘̂ ) + 𝑗̂. (𝑖̂ × 𝑘̂ ) + 𝑘̂ . (𝑖̂ × 𝑗̂) .

13. If 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ denote the position vectors of points A and B respectively and C is a point on AB
such that AC = 2CB, then write the position vector C.
14. Find the direction cosines of the vector joining the points A (1, 2, −3) and B (−1, −2, 1)
directed from B to A.

15. Find the angle between two vectors 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ having the same length √2 and their vector
product is −𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ .
16. The two vectors 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 3𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ represent the two sides AB and AC, respectively of a
∆ABC. Find the length of the median through A.

17. If 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ are unit vectors, then what is the angle between 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ so that √2 𝑎⃗ −

𝑏⃗⃗ is a unit vector?

18. If 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ are two unit vectors such that 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ is also a unit vector, then find the angle

between 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗.


19. Find the position vector of the point which divides the join of points with position vectors 𝑎⃗ +

𝑏⃗⃗ and 2𝑎⃗ − 𝑏⃗⃗ in the ratio 1 : 2 .


20. Find the angle between the vectors 𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ and 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ .
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
89

21. The 2 vectors 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 3𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ represents the two sides AB and AC, respectively of a
∆ ABC. Find the length of the median through A.

22. If 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ are unit vectors, then what is the angle between 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ for √3𝑎⃗ − 𝑏⃗⃗ to be a unit
vector?
23. Find the unit vector perpendicular to the vectors 𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ and 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ forming a right handed
system.
24. If |𝑎⃗| = 3 and − 1 ≤ 𝑘 ≤ 2, then |𝑘𝑎⃗| lies in the interval.

25. If 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ are the position vectors of A and B, respectively, find the position vector of a point
C in BA produced such that BC = 1.5 BA .

26. Find the value of 𝜆 such that the vectors 𝑎⃗ = 2𝑖̂ + 𝜆𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ are
orthogonal.
27. Find the value of 𝜆 for which the vectors 3𝑖̂ − 6𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 2𝑖̂ − 4𝑗̂ + 𝜆𝑘̂ are parallel.

28. The vectors from origin to the points A and B are 𝑎⃗ = 2𝑖̂ − 3𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ and 𝑏⃗⃗ = 2𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ,
respectively, then find the area of triangle OAB.
2
29. For any vector 𝑎⃗ ,find the value of (𝑎⃗ × 𝑖̂)2 + (𝑎⃗ × 𝑗̂)2 + (𝑎⃗ × 𝑘̂ ) .
30. Find the value of 𝜆 if the vectors 𝜆𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ , 𝑖̂ + 𝜆𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ and 2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝜆𝑘̂ are coplanar.

31. If 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗, 𝑐⃗ are unit vectors such that 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗ = ⃗⃗


0, then find the value of 𝑎⃗. 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗. 𝑐⃗ + 𝑐⃗. 𝑎⃗.

32. If 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗, 𝑐⃗ are three vectors such that 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗ = ⃗⃗


0 and |𝑎⃗| = 2, |𝑏⃗⃗| = 3, |𝑐⃗| = 5 , then

find the value of 𝑎⃗. 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗. 𝑐⃗ + 𝑐⃗. 𝑎⃗.


33. Find the number of vectors of unit length perpendicular to the vectors 𝑎⃗ = 2𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ and

𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ .
2 2
34. Find the value of the expression |𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗| + (𝑎⃗. 𝑏⃗⃗) .
2 2
35. If |𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗| + |𝑎⃗. 𝑏⃗⃗| = 144 and |𝑎⃗| = 4 , then find |𝑏⃗⃗|.
36. If 𝑎⃗ is any non-zero vector, then find the value of
(𝑎⃗. 𝑖̂)𝑖̂ + (𝑎⃗. 𝑗̂)𝑗̂ + (𝑎⃗. 𝑘̂ )𝑘̂ .

37. Find [𝑖̂, 𝑘̂ , 𝑗̂]

4 Marks Questions

38. Find all vectors of magnitude 10√3 that are perpendicular to the plane of 𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and −
𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂.
39. A vector 𝑟⃗ is inclined at equal angles to the three axes. If the magnitude of 𝑟⃗ is 2√3 units, find
𝑟⃗.
40. A vector 𝑟⃗ has magnitude 14 and direction ratios 2, 3, −6. Find the direction cosines and
components of 𝑟⃗ , given that 𝑟⃗ makes an acute angle with 𝑥-axis .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
90

41. Find a vector of magnitude 6, which is perpendicular to both the vectors 2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ +
2𝑘̂ and 4𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ .
42. If 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗ = 0, show that 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗ = 𝑐⃗ × 𝑎⃗. Interpret the result geometrically?

43. Find the sine of the angle between the vectors 𝑎⃗ = 3𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ and 𝑏⃗⃗ = 2𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ .
44. If A, B, C, D are the points with position vectors 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ , 2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ , 2𝑖̂ − 3𝑘̂ , 3𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ +
𝑘̂ , respectively, find the projection of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
AB along ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
CD .
45. Using vectors, prove that the parallelogram on the same base and between the same parallels
are equal in area.
1
46. If 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗, 𝑐⃗ determine the vertices of a triangle, show that [𝑏⃗⃗ × 𝑐⃗ + 𝑐⃗ × 𝑎⃗ + 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗] gives the
2

vector area of the triangle. Hence deduce the condition that the three points 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗, 𝑐⃗ are
collinear. Also find the unit vector normal to the plane of the triangle.
|𝑎⃗⃗×𝑏| ⃗⃗
47. Show that area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are given by 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ is . Also find
2

the area of the parallelogram whose diagonals are 2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and


𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ .
48. If 𝑎⃗ = 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂, find a vector 𝑐⃗ such that 𝑎⃗ × 𝑐⃗ = 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑎⃗. 𝑐⃗ = 3.

49. Find a vector of magnitude 5 units and parallel to the resultant of 𝑎⃗ = 2𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ and 𝑏⃗⃗ =
𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ .
50. Let 𝑎⃗ = 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ , 𝑏⃗⃗ = 4𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ and 𝑐⃗ = 𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ . Find a vector of magnitude 6

units, which is parallel to the vector 2𝑎⃗ − 𝑏⃗⃗ + 3𝑐⃗.


51. Find the position vector of a point R, which divides the line joining two points P and Q whose

position vectors are 2𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑎⃗ − 3𝑏⃗⃗ respectively, externally in the ratio 1 : 2. Also, show
that P is the mid-point of line segment RQ.

52. If 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑐⃗ are three mutually perpendicular vectors of the same magnitude, then prove that

𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗ is equally inclined with the vectors 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑐⃗.
53. Using vectors, find the area of the ∆ABC, whose vertices are A(1, 2, 3), B(2, −1,4)
andC(4, 5, −1).

54. If 𝑝⃗ = 5𝑖̂ + 𝜆𝑗̂ − 3𝑘̂ and 𝑞⃗ = 𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ − 5𝑘̂ , then find the value of 𝜆 so that 𝑝⃗ + 𝑞⃗ and 𝑝⃗ − 𝑞⃗ are
perpendicular vectors.

55. Let 𝑎⃗ = 𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ , 𝑏⃗⃗ = 3𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 7𝑘̂ and 𝑐⃗ = 2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ . Find a vector 𝑝,
⃗⃗⃗⃗ which is

perpendicular to both 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑝⃗ . 𝑐⃗ = 18.

56. Find a unit vector perpendicular to each of the vectors 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑎⃗ − 𝑏⃗⃗, where 𝑎⃗ = 3𝑖̂ +

2𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ and 𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ − 2𝑘̂ .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
91

57. If 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ are two vectors, such that |𝑎⃗| = 2, |𝑏⃗⃗| = 1 and 𝑎⃗ . 𝑏⃗⃗ = 1, then find (3𝑎⃗ −

5𝑏⃗⃗) . (2𝑎⃗ + 7𝑏⃗⃗).

58. If vectors 𝑎⃗ = 2𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ , 𝑏⃗⃗ = −𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 𝑐⃗ = 3𝑖̂+𝑗̂ are such that 𝑎⃗ + 𝜆𝑏⃗⃗ is
perpendicular to 𝑐⃗, then find the value of 𝜆.
59. The scalar product of vector 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ with the unit vector along the sum of vectors 2𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ −
5𝑘̂ and 𝜆𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ is equal to one. Find the value of 𝜆.

60. If 𝑎⃗ × 𝑏⃗⃗ = 𝑐⃗ × 𝑑⃗ and 𝑎⃗ × 𝑐⃗ = 𝑐⃗ × 𝑑⃗, then show that 𝑎⃗ − 𝑑⃗ is parallel to 𝑏⃗⃗ − 𝑐⃗, where 𝑎⃗ ≠

𝑑⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗ ≠ 𝑐⃗.


61. If 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗, 𝑐⃗ are such that 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗ = 0 and |𝑎⃗| = 3, |𝑏⃗⃗| = 5 and |𝑐⃗| = 7, then find angle

between 𝑎⃗ and 𝑏⃗⃗.

62. Show that the vectors 𝑎⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑐⃗ are coplanar if 𝑎⃗ + 𝑏⃗⃗, 𝑏⃗⃗ + 𝑐⃗, and 𝑐⃗ + 𝑎⃗ are
coplanar.
63. Find 𝑥 such that the four points A (4, 4, 4), B (5, 𝑥, 8), C (5, 4, 1) and D (7, 7, 2) are
coplanar.
64. Find the value of 𝜆, if your points with position vectors
3𝑖̂ + 6𝑗̂ + 9𝑘̂ , 𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ , 2𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 4𝑖̂ + 6𝑗̂ + 𝜆𝑘̂ are coplanar.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
92

Answers

22 33 66
1. 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂
7 7 7

2. 𝑚 = 8
3. 𝑟⃗ = ±3𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂
4. 0
5. −4
6. 0
1
7.
2

8. NA
9. 𝜆 = 5
10. −1

𝜋
11.
4

12. 1
13. N.A
14. N.A
15. N.A
16. N.A
17. N.A
18. N.A
⃗⃗
4𝑎⃗⃗+𝑏
19.
3
2𝜋
20.
3

√34
21.
2

22. 30
23. 𝑘̂
24. [0, 6]
3𝑏̅−𝑎̅
25. 𝑐⃗ = ]
2
5
26. −
2
2
27.
3
1
28.
2
√229 ]

29. 2𝑎⃗2
30. 𝜆 = −2
3
31. −
2

32. -19
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
93

33. 2
2
34. |𝑎⃗|2 |𝑏⃗⃗|
35. 3
36. 𝑎⃗
37. N.A
̂
5𝑖̂−5𝑗̂ +5𝑘
38. ±10√3 = ( )
5√ 3

39. ±2(𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ )
2 3 −6
40. , , ; 4𝑖̂, 6𝑗̂, −12𝑘̂
7 7 7

41. −2𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂


42. Area of the parallelograms formed by taking any two sides represented by 𝑎̅, 𝑏̅ and 𝑐̅ as
adjacent are equal
2
43.
√7

44. √21
45. N.A
⃗⃗+𝑏
𝑎⃗⃗×𝑏 ⃗⃗×𝑐⃗+𝑐⃗×𝑎
⃗⃗
46. 𝑛̂ = ⃗⃗ ⃗⃗
|𝑎⃗⃗×𝑏+𝑏×𝑐⃗+𝑐⃗×𝑎 ⃗⃗|

√62
47.
2
1 ⃗⃗ )
48.
3
(5𝑖⃗ + 2𝑗⃗ + 2𝑘
15 5
49. 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂
√10 √10

50. 2𝑖̂ − 4𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂


51. N.A
52. N.A
1
53.
2
√274 sq. units
54. 𝜆 = ±1
55. 𝑃⃗⃗ = 𝑥𝑖̂ + 𝑦𝑗̂ + 𝑧𝑘̂
2 2 1
56. 𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂
3 3 3

57. 0
58. 𝜆=8
59. 𝜆=1
60. N.A
𝜋
61.
3

62. NA
63. TBD
64. TBD

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
94

Chapter 11 THREE DIMENSIONAL GEOMETRY

Direction cosines of a line are the cosines of the angles made by the line with positive directions
of the co-ordinate axes.

If 𝑙, 𝑚, 𝑛 are the direction cosines of a line, then 𝑙2 + 𝑚2 + 𝑛2 = 1

Direction cosines of a line joining two points P (𝑥1 , 𝑦1 , 𝑧1 ) and Q (𝑥2 , 𝑦2 , 𝑧2 ) are
𝑥2 −𝑥1 𝑦2 −𝑦1 𝑧2 −𝑧1
, , ,
PQ PQ PQ

where PQ = √(𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2 + (𝑧2 − 𝑧1 )2

Direction ratios of a line are the numbers which are proportional to the direction cosines of the
line.

If 𝑙, 𝑚, 𝑛 are the direction cosines and 𝑎, 𝑏, 𝑐 are the direction ratios of a line,

±𝑎 ±𝑏 ±𝑐
then 𝑙 = ;𝑚= ;𝑛=
√𝑎2 +𝑏2 +𝑐 2 √𝑎2 +𝑏2+𝑐 2 √𝑎2 +𝑏2 +𝑐 2

Angle between two lines

If 𝑙1 , 𝑚1 , 𝑛1 and 𝑙2 , 𝑚2 , 𝑛2 are the direction cosines of two lines and θ is the acute angle between
the two lines, then

cosθ = |𝑙1 𝑙2 + 𝑚1 𝑚2 + 𝑛1 𝑛2 |

If 𝑎1 , 𝑏1 , 𝑐1 and 𝑎2 , 𝑏2 , 𝑐2 are the directions ratios of two lines and θ is the acute angle between
the two lines, then

𝑎1 𝑎2 + 𝑏1 𝑏2 + 𝑐1 𝑐2
cosθ = | |
2 2 2 2 2 2
√𝑎1 + 𝑎2 + 𝑎3 . √𝑏1 + 𝑏2 + 𝑏3

⃗⃗ and
Vector equation of a line that passes through the given point whose position vector is 𝒂
⃗⃗
parallel to a given vector 𝒃

𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗ + λ𝑏⃗⃗ .

Equation of a line through a point (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 , 𝒛𝟏 ) and having directions cosines 𝒍, 𝒎, 𝒏 (or,
direction ratios a, b and c)

𝑥−𝑥1 𝑦−𝑦1 𝑧−𝑧1 𝑥−𝑥1 𝑦−𝑦1 𝑧−𝑧1


= = or ( = = )
𝑙 𝑚 𝑛 𝑎 𝑏 𝑐

⃗⃗ and ⃗𝒃⃗
Vector equation of a line that passes through two points whose positions vectors are 𝒂

𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗ + λ(𝑏⃗⃗ − 𝑎⃗) .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
95

Cartesian equation of a line that passes through two points (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 , 𝒛𝟏 ) and (𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 , 𝒛𝟐 )
𝑥−𝑥1 𝑦−𝑦1 𝑧−𝑧1
= = .
𝑥2 −𝑥1 𝑦2 −𝑦1 𝑧2 −𝑧1

Angle between the lines (Vector form)

If θ is the acute angle between the lines

𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗1 + λ𝑏⃗⃗1 and

𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗2 + λ𝑏⃗⃗2 ,

|𝑏⃗⃗1 .𝑏
⃗⃗2 | |𝑏⃗⃗1 .𝑏
⃗⃗2 |
then θ is given by cos θ = ⃗⃗1 ||𝑏⃗⃗2 |
or θ = cos−1 ⃗⃗1 ||𝑏⃗⃗2 |
.
|𝑏 |𝑏

Angle between two lines (Cartesian Form : Direction Cosines are given)
𝑥−𝑥1 𝑦−𝑦1 𝑧−𝑧1 𝑥−𝑥2 𝑦−𝑦2 𝑧−𝑧2
If = = and = = = are equations of two lines,
𝑙1 𝑚1 𝑛1 𝑙1 𝑚2 𝑛2

then the acute angle θ between the two lines is given by

cosθ = |𝑙1 𝑙2 + 𝑚1 𝑚2 + 𝑛1 𝑛2 |.

Shortest Distance between two lines

(i) Skew Lines


The shortest distance between two skew lines is the length of the line segment
perpendicular to both the lines.

The shortest distance between the lines 𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗1 + λ𝑏⃗⃗1 and 𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗2 + λ𝑏⃗⃗2 is

(𝑏⃗⃗1 × 𝑏⃗⃗2 ) . (𝑎⃗2 − 𝑎⃗1 )


| |.
|𝑏⃗⃗1 × 𝑏⃗⃗2 |
𝑥−𝑥1 𝑦−𝑦1 𝑧−𝑧1 𝑥−𝑥2 𝑦−𝑦2 𝑧−𝑧2
Shortest distance between the lines: = = and = = is
𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1 𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2

𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑧2 − 𝑧1
| 𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1 |
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2
√(𝑏1 𝑐2 − 𝑏2 𝑐1 )2 + (𝑐1 𝑎2 − 𝑐2 𝑎1 )2 + (𝑎1 𝑏2 − 𝑎2 𝑏1 )2

(iii) Distance between parallel lines

𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗1 + µ𝑏⃗⃗ and 𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗2 + λ𝑏⃗⃗ is

𝑏⃗⃗ × (𝑎⃗2 − 𝑎⃗1 )


| |.
⃗⃗
|𝑏|

Vector equation of a plane which is at a distance p from the origin, where 𝒏


̂ is the unit vector
normal to the plane

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
96

𝑟⃗. 𝑛̂ = 𝑝 .

Equation of a plane which is at a distance p from the origin with direction cosines of the normal
to the plane as 𝒍, 𝒎, 𝒏

𝑙𝑥 + 𝑚𝑦 + 𝑛𝑧 = 𝑝.

⃗⃗ and perpendicular to the vector


Equation of a plane through a point whose position vector is 𝒂
⃗𝒏⃗

(𝑟⃗ − 𝑎⃗). 𝑛⃗⃗ = 0 or 𝑟⃗. 𝑛⃗⃗ = d , where 𝑑 = 𝑎⃗. 𝑛⃗⃗.

Equation of a plane perpendicular to a given line with direction ratios a, b, c and passing
through a given point (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 , 𝒛𝟏 )

𝑎 (𝑥 − 𝑥1 ) + 𝑏 (𝑦 − 𝑦1 ) + 𝑐 (𝑧 − 𝑧1 ) = 0.

Equation of a plane passing through three non-collinear points (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 , 𝒛𝟏 ), (𝒙𝟐 , 𝒚𝟐 , 𝒛𝟐 ) and
(𝒙𝟑 , 𝒚𝟑 , 𝒛𝟑 )

𝑥 − 𝑥1 𝑦 − 𝑦1 𝑧 − 𝑧1
|𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑧2 − 𝑧1 | = 0 .
𝑥3 − 𝑥1 𝑦3 − 𝑦1 𝑧3 − 𝑧1

Vector equation of a plane that contains three non-collinear points having position vectors

⃗⃗, ⃗𝒃⃗, 𝒄
𝒂 ⃗⃗

(𝑟⃗ − 𝑎⃗). [(𝑏⃗⃗ − 𝑎⃗) × (𝑐⃗ − 𝑎⃗)] = 0

Equation of a plane that cuts the co-ordinates axes at (𝒂, 𝟎, 𝟎), (𝟎, 𝒃, 𝟎) and (𝟎, 𝟎, 𝒄 )

𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
+ + =1.
𝑎 𝑏 𝑐

⃗⃗ . ⃗𝒏⃗𝟏 = 𝒅𝟏 and
Vector equation of any plane that passes through the intersection of planes 𝒓
⃗⃗ . ⃗𝒏⃗𝟐 = 𝒅𝟐
𝒓

(𝑟⃗ . 𝑛⃗⃗1 − 𝑑1 ) + 𝜆(𝑟⃗ . 𝑛⃗⃗2 − 𝑑2 ) = 0 , where 𝜆 is any non-zero constant.

Cartesian equation of any plane that passes through the intersection of two given planes
𝐀𝟏 𝒙 + 𝐁𝟏 𝒚 + 𝐂𝟏 𝒛 + 𝐃𝟏 = 𝟎 and 𝐀𝟐 𝒙 + 𝐁𝟐 𝒚 + 𝐂𝟐 𝒛 + 𝐃𝟐 = 𝟎

(A1 𝑥 + B1 𝑦 + C1 𝑧 + D1 ) + 𝜆(A2 𝑥 + B2 𝑦 + C2 𝑧 + D2 ) = 0 .

⃗⃗ = 𝒂
Two lines 𝒓 ⃗⃗𝟏 and 𝒓
⃗⃗𝟏 + 𝝀𝒃 ⃗⃗ = 𝒂 ⃗⃗𝟐 are coplanar
⃗⃗𝟐 + 𝝀𝒃

if (𝑎⃗2 − 𝑎⃗1 ) . (𝑏⃗⃗2 × 𝑏⃗⃗1 ) = 0

𝒙−𝒙𝟏 𝒚−𝒚𝟏 𝒛−𝒛𝟏 𝒙−𝒙𝟐 𝒚−𝒚𝟐 𝒛−𝒛𝟐


Two lines = = and = = are coplanar
𝒂𝟏 𝒃𝟏 𝒄𝟏 𝒂𝟐 𝒃𝟐 𝒄𝟐

if
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
97

𝑥2 − 𝑥1 𝑦2 − 𝑦1 𝑧2 − 𝑧1
| 𝑎1 𝑏1 𝑐1 | = 0 ,
𝑎2 𝑏2 𝑐2

Angle between two planes

In vector form, if θ is the acute angle between the two planes, 𝑟⃗ . 𝑛⃗⃗1 = 𝑑1 and 𝑟⃗ . 𝑛⃗⃗2 = 𝑑2 , then
|𝑛 ⃗⃗ |
⃗⃗ .𝑛
θ = cos −1 |𝑛⃗⃗ 1|.|𝑛⃗⃗2 |
1 2

Angle between a line and a plane

The acute angle θ between the line 𝑟⃗ = 𝑎⃗ + 𝜆𝑏⃗⃗ and plane 𝑟⃗ . 𝑛⃗⃗ = 𝑑 is given by

|𝑏⃗⃗. 𝑛⃗⃗|
sin θ =
|𝑏⃗⃗|. |𝑛⃗⃗|

⃗⃗ from the plane 𝒓


The distance of a point whose position vector is 𝒂 ⃗⃗ . ⃗𝒏⃗ = 𝒅

is |𝑑 − 𝑎⃗ . 𝑛̂|

The distance from a point (𝒙𝟏 , 𝒚𝟏 , 𝒛𝟏 ) to the plane 𝑨𝒙 + 𝑩𝒚 + 𝑪𝒛 + 𝑫 = 𝟎

𝐴𝑥1 +𝐵𝑦1 +𝐶𝑧1 +𝐷


is | |.
√𝐴2 +𝐵2 +𝐶 2

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
98

Ch 11- Three Dimensional Geometry

1 or 2 Marks Questions

1. Find the Cartesian equation of the line which passes through the point (−2, 4, −5) and is
𝑥+3 4−𝑦 𝑧+8
parallel to the line = = .
3 5 6
4−𝑥 𝑦+3 𝑧+2
2. Equation of line is = = . Find the direction cosines of a line parallel to above line.
2 2 1

3. Write the intercept cut-off by plane 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 𝑧 = 5 on X-axis.


4. Find the distance of point (2, 3, 4) from X-axis.

4 Marks Problem

5. The 𝑥-coordinate of a point on the line joining the points Q (2, 2, 1) and R (5, 1, −2) is 4. Find
its 𝑧-coordinate.
𝑥+3 𝑦−4 𝑧+8
6. Find the distance of the point (−2, 4, −5) from the line = =
3 5 6
𝑥 𝑦−1 𝑧−2
7. Find the image of the point (1, 6, 3) in the line = = .
1 2 3

8. Find the image of the point having position vector 𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ in the plane 𝑟̂ . (2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ) +
3=0.
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ is inclined at 60° to OX and at 45° to
9. Find the position vector of a point A in space such that OA
⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗| = 10 units.
OY and |OA
10. Show that the lines
𝑥−1 𝑦−2 𝑧−3
= =
2 3 4

𝑥−4 𝑦−1
and = = 𝑧 intersect.
5 2

Also, find their point of intersection


11. Prove that the line through A (0, −1, −1) and B (4, 5, 1) intersects the line through C (3, 9, 4)
and D (−4, 4, 4).
12. Find the equation of a plane which bisects perpendicularly the line joining the points A
(2, 3, 4) and B (4, 5, 8) at right angles.

13. Find the equation of a plane which is at a distance 3√3 units from origin and the normal to
which is equally inclined to coordinate axis.
14. If the line drawn from the point (−2, −1, −3) meets a plane at right angle at the point
(1, −3, 3), find the equation of the plane.
𝑥−3 𝑦−3 𝑧
15. Find the equation of the two lines through the origin which intersect the line = = at
2 1 1
𝜋
angles of each.
3

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
99

4−𝑥 𝑦 1−𝑧
16. Find the foot of perpendicular from the point (2, 3, −8) to the line = = . Also, find
2 6 3

the perpendicular distance from the given point to the line.


3
17. Find the length and the foot of perpendicular from the point (1, , 2) to the plane 2𝑥 − 2𝑦 +
2

4𝑧 + 5 = 0.
18. Find the equation of the line passing through the point (3, 0, 1) and parallel to the planes 𝑥 +
2𝑦 = 0 and 3𝑦 − 𝑧 = 0.
19. Find the equation of the plane through the points (2, 1, −1) and (−1, 3, 4), and perpendicular
to the plane 𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 4𝑧 = 10
–𝑥+2 𝑦−1 𝑧+3 𝑥+2 2𝑦−8 𝑧−5
20. Find the angle between following pair of lines = = and = = and
−2 7 −3 −1 4 4

check whether the lines are parallel or perpendicular.


21. Find the shortest distance between lines whose vector equations are 𝑟⃗ = (1 − 𝑡) 𝑖̂ +
(𝑡 − 2) 𝑗̂ + (3 − 2𝑡) 𝑘̂
𝑟⃗ = (𝑠 + 1) 𝑖̂ + (2𝑠 − 1) 𝑗̂ − (2𝑠 + 1) 𝑘̂.
𝑥 𝑦−2 𝑧−3
22. Find the equation of the perpendicular from point (3, −1,11) to line = = . Also, find
2 3 4

the coordinates of foot of perpendicular and the length of perpendicular.


4−𝑥 𝑦 1−𝑧
23. Find the direction cosines of the line = = .
2 6 3

24. Find the cartesian equation of the line which passes through the point (−2, 4, −5) and is
𝑥+3 4−𝑦 𝑧+8
parallel to the line = = .
3 5 6
4−𝑥 𝑦+3 𝑧+2
25. Equation of line is = = . Find the direction cosines of a line parallel to above line.
2 2 1
3−𝑥 𝑦+2 𝑧−5
26. If the equations of line AB are = = , then write the direction ratios of the line
1 −2 4

parallel to above line AB.


27. Find the co-ordinates of the foot of perpendicular drawn from the point A (1, 8, 4) to the line
joining the points B (0, −1, 3) and C (2, −3, −1).
28. Find the equation of plane(s) passing through the intersection of planes 𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 6 =
0 and 3𝑥 − 𝑦 − 4𝑧 = 0 and whose perpendicular distance from origin is unity.
29. Find the Cartesian equation of the plane passing through points A (0, 0, 0) and B (3, −1, 2)
𝑥−4 𝑦+3 𝑧+1
and parallel to the line = = .
1 −4 7

6 Marks Problem

30. Find the vector equation of the plane which contains the line of intersection of the planes
𝑟⃗. (𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ ) − 4 = 0 and 𝑟⃗. (2𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ ) + 5 = 0 and which is perpendicular to the plane
𝑟⃗. (5𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ − 6𝑘̂ ) + 8 = 0.
31. Find the distance of the point (−1, −5, −10) from the point of intersection of the line 𝑟⃗ =
2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ + 𝜆(3𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ ) and the plane 𝑟⃗ . (𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ) = 5 .

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
100

32. A plane meets the co-ordinates axis in A, B, C such that the centroid of the ∆ ABC is the point
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
(𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾). Show that the equation of the plane is + + = 3
𝛼 𝛽 𝛾

33. Find the angle between the lines whose direction cosines are given by the equations : 3𝑙 +
𝑚 + 5𝑛 = 0 and 6𝑚𝑛 − 2𝑛𝑙 + 5𝑙𝑚 = 0.
34. Find the equation of the plane which is perpendicular to the plane 5𝑥 + 3𝑦 + 6𝑧 + 8 = 0 and
which contains the line of intersection of the planes 𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 3𝑧 − 4 = 0 and 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 𝑧 +
5 = 0.
35. Find the equation of the plane through the intersection of the planes 𝑟⃗ . (𝑖̂ + 3 𝑗̂) − 6 =
0 and 𝑟⃗ . (3𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ − 4𝑘̂ ) = 0, whose perpendicular distance from origin is unity.
36. Show that the points (𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ ) and 3(𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ) are equidistant from the plane
𝑟⃗ . (5𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ − 7𝑘̂ ) + 9 = 0 and lies on opposite side of it.

AB = 3𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗


37. ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗ CD = −3𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ are two vectors. The position vectors of the
points A and C are 6𝑖̂ + 7𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ and −9𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ , respectively. Find the position vector of a
point P on the line AB and a point Q on the line CD such that ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
PQ is perpendicular to ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
AB and ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗
CD
both.
38. The points A (4, 5, 10), B (2, 3, 4) and C (1, 2, −1) are three vertices of parallelogram ABCD.
Find the vector equations of sides AB and BC and also find coordinates of point D.
39. Find the length and foot of perpendicular from point P (7, 14, 5) to plane 2𝑥 + 4𝑦 − 𝑧 =
2. Also, find the image of point P in the plane.
40. Find the distance of the point (−1, −5, −10) from the point of intersection of the line
𝑟⃗. (2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ ) + 𝜆(3𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ ) and the plane 𝑟⃗. (𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ) = 5.
41. Find the equation of plane passing through the line of intersection of planes 2𝑥 + 𝑦 − 𝑧 =
𝑥−1 𝑦−3 𝑧−5
3 and 5𝑥 − 3𝑦 + 4𝑧 + 9 = 0 and parallel to line = = .
2 4 5

42. Find the equation of plane passing through the point (1, 2, 1) and perpendicular to line
joining points (1, 4, 2) and (2, 3, 5). Also, find the coordinates of foot of the perpendicular
distance of the point (4, 0, 3) from above found plane.
𝑥+3 𝑦−2 𝑧
43. Find the distance of the point (2, 3, 4) from the line = = measured parallel to the
3 6 2

plane 3𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 2𝑧 − 5 = 0.
44. Find the equation of plane passing through points (3, 4, 1) and (0, 1, 0) and parallel to line
𝑥+3 𝑦−3 𝑧−2
= = .
2 7 5

45. The cartesian equations of a line is 6𝑥 − 2 = 3𝑦 + 1 = 2𝑧 − 2. Find the direction cosines of


the line. Write down the cartesian and vector equations of a line passing through (2, −1, −1)
which are parallel to the given line.
46. Show that the lines
𝑟⃗ = 3𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ − 4𝑘̂ + 𝜆(𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ )
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
101

𝑟⃗ = 5𝑖̂ − 2𝐽̂ + µ(3𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 6𝑘̂ ).


are intersecting. Hence, find their point of intersection.
47. Find the vector and cartesian equations of the line passing through point (1, 2, −4) and
perpendicular to two lines.
𝑥 − 8 𝑦 + 19 𝑧 − 10
= =
3 −16 7
𝑥−15 𝑦−29 𝑧−5
and = = .
3 8 −5
𝑥 𝑦−2 𝑧−3
48. Find the equation of the perpendicular from point (3, −1, 11) to line = = . Also, find
2 3 4

the coordinates of foot of perpendicular and the length of perpendicular.


𝑥+2 𝑦+1 𝑧−3
49. Find the points on the line = = at a distance of 5 units from the point P(1, 3, 3).
3 2 2

50. Find the equation of line passing through points A (0, 6, −9) and B (−3, −6, 3). If D is the foot
of perpendicular drawn from the point C (7, 4, −1) on the line AB, then find the coordinates of
point D and equation of line CD.
𝑥 𝑦−1 𝑧−2
51. Find the image of the point (1, 6, 3) on the line = = . Also, write the equation of the
1 2 3

line joining the given points and its image and find the length of segment joining given point
and its image.
52. Write the vector equations of following lines and hence find the distance between them
𝑥−1 𝑦−2 𝑧+4 𝑥−3 𝑦−3 𝑧+5
= = , = = .
2 3 6 4 6 12

53. The points 𝐴 (4, 5, 10), 𝐵 (2, 3, 4) and 𝐶 (1, 2, −1) are three vertices of parallelogram 𝐴𝐵𝐶𝐷.
Find the vector equation of sides 𝐴𝐵 and 𝐵𝐶 and also find coordinates of point 𝐷.
𝑥−2 𝑦+1 𝑧−2
54. Find the coordinates of the point, where the line = = intersects the plane 𝑥 −
3 4 2

𝑦 + 𝑧 − 5 = 0. Also, find the angle between the line and the plane.
55. Find the vector equation of the plane which contains the line of intersection of the planes
𝑟⃗. (𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ ) − 4 = 0 and 𝑟⃗. (2𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ ) + 5 = 0 and which is perpendicular to the plane
𝑟⃗. (5𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ − 6𝑘̂ ) + 8 = 0.
56. Find the equation of plane passing through the point 𝐴 (1, 2, 1) and perpendicular to the line
𝑥+3
joining points 𝑃 (1, 4, 2) and 𝑄 (2, 3, 5). Also, find distance of this plane from the line =
2
𝑦−5 𝑧−7
= .
−1 −1

57. Find the coordinates of the point, where the line through (3, −4, −5) and (2, −3, 1) crosses
the plane, passing through the point (2, 2, 1), (3, 0, 1) and (4, −1, 0).
58. Find the vector equation of the plane passing three points with position vectors 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ − 2𝑘̂ ,
2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ and 𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ . Also, find the coordinates of the point of intersection of this plane
and the line 𝑟⃗ = 3𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ + 𝜆(2𝑖̂ − 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ).

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
102

59. Find the equation of plane determined by points 𝐴 (3, −1, 2), 𝐵 (5, 2, 4) and 𝐶 (−1, −1, 6)
and hence find the distance between the planes and point 𝑃 (6, 5, 9).
60. Find the distance of the point (−1, −5, −10) from the point of intersection of the line
𝑟⃗ = (2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ ) + 𝜆(3𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ ) and the plane 𝑟⃗. (𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ) = 5.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
103

ANSWERS

𝑥+2 𝑦−4 𝑧+5


1. = =
3 −5 6
2 2 1
2. (− , , )
3 3 3
5
3.
2

4. 5

−2𝜆+1
5. = −1
𝜆+1

⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗| = √37
6. |PQ
10

7. (1, 0, 7)
8. (𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ ) − 2 (2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ )
9. 5𝑖̂ + 5√2𝑗̂ + 5𝑘̂

10. (−1, −1, −1)

11. N.A
12. 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 2𝑧 = 19
13. 𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧 = 9
14. 3𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 6𝑧 − 27 = 0
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
15. = = and = =
1 2 −1 −1 1 −2

16. (2, 6, −2) 3√5 ]


17. √6
18. (𝑥 − 3)𝑗̂ + 𝑦𝑗̂ + (𝑧 − 1)𝑘̂ = 𝜆(−2𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ )
19. 18𝑥 + 17𝑦 + 4𝑧 = 49
𝜋
20. , Perpendicular
2
8√29
21. 𝑑 = units
29

22. N.A
𝜋
23.
3
𝑥+2 𝑦−4 𝑧+5
24. = =
3 −5 6
2 2 1
25. − , ,
3 3 3

26. -1,-2,4
−5 2 19
27. ( , , )
3 3 3

28. N.A
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
104

29. 𝑥 − 19𝑦 − 11𝑧 = 0


30. N.A

31. √[2 − (−1)]2 + [−1 + 5]2 + [2 − (−10)]2


32. N.A
1
33. 𝜃 = cos −1 (− )
6

34. 51𝑥 + 15𝑦 − 50𝑧 + 173 = 0


35. 4𝑥 + 2𝑦 − 4𝑧 − 6 = 0 and − 2𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 4𝑧 − 6 = 0]
36. N.A
37. 3𝑖̂ + 8𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ , −3𝑖̂ − 7𝑖̂ + 6𝑘̂
38. Vector equations : 𝑟⃗ = (4𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 10𝑘̂ ) − 𝜆 (2𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 6𝑘̂ ) and 𝑟⃗ = (2𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ ) −
𝜇 (𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 5𝑘̂ ) , coordinates : (3, 4, 5)

39. Foot M = (1, 2, 8) , Length PM = √189 units , Image of point P (7, 14, 15) is P’ (-5, -10, 11)
40. 13 units
41. 7𝑥 + 9𝑦 − 10𝑧 − 27 = 0
42. N.A
43. √33
44. 8𝑥 − 13𝑦 + 15𝑧 + 13 = 0
1 1 1 𝑥−2 𝑦+1 𝑧+1 1 1 1
45. , , ; = = ; 𝑟⃗ = (2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ − 𝑘̂ ) + 𝜆( 𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ )
6 3 2 1/6 1/3 1/2 6 3 2

46. -1,-6,-12
𝑥−1 𝑦−2 𝑧+4
47. = = ,𝑟⃗ = (𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ − 4𝑘̂ ) + 𝜆(2𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 6𝑘̂ )
2 3 6
𝑥−3 𝑦+1 𝑧−11
48. = = ; (2,5,7) & √53
−1 6 −4

49. (−2, −1,3)𝑜𝑟 (4,3,7)


𝑥−7 𝑦−4 𝑧+1
50. = =
4 11 2

51. (1,0,7)
√293
52. 𝑟⃗ = (𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ − 4𝑘̂ ) + 𝜆(2𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 6𝑘̂ ); 𝑟⃗ = (3𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ − 5𝑘̂ ) + µ(4𝑖̂ + 6𝑗̂ + 12𝑘̂ );
7

53. 𝑟⃗ = (4𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 10𝑘̂ ) − 𝜆(2𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 6𝑘̂ ); 𝑟 = (2𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ ) − µ(𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ + 5𝑘̂ ); (3,4,5)
1
54. 𝜃 = sin−1 ; (2, −1,2)
√87

55. 33𝑥 + 45𝑦 + 50𝑧 − 41 = 0


56. 𝑥 − 𝑦 + 3𝑧 − 2 = 0
57. (1,-2,7)
58. 𝑟⃗. (3𝑖̂ + 𝑗̂ − 5𝑘̂ ) = 14; (1,1,-2)
6
59. 3x-4y+3z-19=0;
√34

60. √13

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
105

Chapter 12 LINEAR PROGRAMMING

An Optimisation Problem A problem which seeks to maximise or minimise a function is called an


optimisation problem. An optimisation problem may involve maximisation of profit, production etc
or minimisation of cost, from available resources etc.

Linear Programming Problem (LPP)

A linear programming problem deals with the optimisation (maximisation/ minimisation) of a


linear function of two variables (say 𝑥 and y) known as objective function subject to the conditions
that the variables are non-negative and satisfy a set of linear inequalities (called linear constraints).
A linear programming problem is a special type of optimisation problem.

Objective Function

Linear function 𝑍 = 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏𝑦, where a and b are constants, which has to be maximised or
minimised is called a linear objective function.

Decision Variables

In the objective function 𝑍 = 𝑎𝑥 + by, 𝑥 and y are called decision variables.

Constraints

The linear inequalities or restrictions on the variables of an LPP are called constraints. The
conditions 𝑥 ≥ 0, 𝑦 ≥ 0 are called non-negative constraints.

Feasible Region

The common region determined by all the constraints including non-negative constraints 𝑥 ≥
0, 𝑦 ≥ 0 of an LPP is called the feasible region for the problem.

Feasible Solutions

Points within and on the boundary of the feasible region for an LPP represent feasible solutions.

Infeasible Solutions

Any Point outside feasible region is called an infeasible solution.

Optimal (feasible) Solution Any point in the feasible region that gives the optimal value
(maximum or minimum) of the objective function is called an optimal solution.

Corner point method for solving a LPP

The method comprises of the following steps :


Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
106

(1) Find the feasible region of the LPP and determine its corner points (vertices) either by
inspection or by solving the two equations of the lines intersecting at that point.

(2) Evaluate the objective function 𝒁 = 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 at each corner point. Let M and 𝒎,
respectively denote the largest and the smallest values of Z.

(3) (i) When the feasible region is bounded, M and m are, respectively, the maximum and
minimum values of Z.

(ii) In case, the feasible region is unbounded.

(a) M is the maximum value of Z, if the open half plane determined by 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 > M has no
point in common with the feasible region. Otherwise, Z has no maximum value.

(b) Similarly, m is the minimum of Z, if the open half plane determined by 𝒂𝒙 + 𝒃𝒚 < 𝒎 has
no point in common with the feasible region. Otherwise, Z has no minimum value.

Multiple optimal points

If two corner points of the feasible region are optimal solutions of the same type, i.e., both
produce the same maximum or minimum, then any point on the line segment joining these two
points is also an optimal solution of the same type.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
107

Ch 12- Linear Programming

4 or 6 Marks Problem

1. If a young man drives his scooter at the speed of 25 km/h, he has to spend Rs. 2 per km on
petrol. If he drives the scooter at a speed of 40 km/h, it produces more air pollution and
increases his expenditure on petrol to Rs. 5 per km. He has a maximum of Rs. 100 to spend on
petrol and travel a maximum distance in one hour time with less pollution. Express this
problem as an LPP and solve it graphically. What value do you find here?

2. A company manufactures two types of sweaters : type A and type B. It costs Rs 360 to make a
type A sweater and Rs 120 to make a type B sweater. The company can make at most 300
sweaters and spend at most Rs 72000 a day. The number of sweaters of type B cannot exceed
the number of sweaters of type A by more than 100. The company makes a profit of Rs 200
for each sweater of type A and Rs 120 for every sweater of type B.
Formulate this problem as a LPP to maximise the profit to the company.

3. A man rides his motorcycle at the speed of 50 km/hour. He has to spend Rs 2 per km on
petrol. If he rides it at a faster speed of 80 km/hour, the petrol cost increases to Rs 3 per km.
He has at most Rs 120 to spend on petrol and one hour’s time. He wishes to find the
maximum distance that he can travel.
Express this problem as a linear programming problem.

4. A cooperative society of farmers has 50 hectare of land to grow two crops A and B. The
profits from crop A and B per hectare are estimated as Rs. 10500 and Rs. 9000, respectively.
To control weeds, a liquid herbicide has to be used for crops A and B at the rate of 20 L per
hectare and 10 L per hectare, respectively. Further not more than 800 L of herbicide should
be used in order to protect fish and wildlife using a pond which collects drainage from this
land.
Keeping in mind that the protection of fish and other wildlife is more important than
earning profit. How much land should be allocated to each crop so as to maximize the total
profit? Formulate the above as an LPP and solve it graphically. Do you agree with the message
that the protection of wildlife is almost necessary to preserve the balance in environment?

5. A manufacturer considers that men and women worker are equally efficient and so he pays
them at the same rate. He has 30 and 17 units of workers (male and female) and capital
respectively, which he uses to produce two types of goods A and B. To produce one unit of A,
2 workers and 3 units of capital are require, while 3 workers and 1 unit of capital is required
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
108

to produce one unit of B. If A and B are priced at Rs. 100 and Rs. 120 per unit respectively,
then how should he use his resources to maximise the total revenue? Formulate the above as
an LPP and solve it graphically.
Do you agree with this view of the manufacturer that men and women workers are equally
efficient and so should be paid at the same rate?

6. A library has to accommodate two different types of books on a shelf. The books are 6 cm
1
and 4 cm thick and weight 1 kg and 1 kg each, respectively. The shelf is 96 cm long and
2

atmost can support a weight of 21 kg. How should the shelf be filled with the books of two
types in order to include the greatest number of books? Make it as an LPP and solve it
graphically.

7. In order to supplement daily diet, a person wishes to take some X and some wishes Y tablets.
The contents of iron, calcium and vitamins in X and Y (in milligrams per tablet) are given as
below:
Tablets Iron Calci Vita
um min
X 6 3 2
Y 2 3 4

The person needs at least 18 milligrams of iron, 21 milligrams of calcium and 16 milligrams
of vitamins. The price of each tablet of X and Y is Rs 2 and Re 1 respectively. How many
tablets of each should the person take in order to satisfy the above requirement at the
minimum cost?

8. A company makes 3 model of calculators: A, B and C at factory I and factory II. The company
has orders for at least 6400 calculators of model A, 4000 calculator of model B and 4800
calculator of model C. At factory I, 50 calculators of model A, 50 of model B and 30 of model C
are made every day; at factory II, 40 calculators of model A, 20 of model B and 40 of model C
are made every day. It costs Rs 12000 and Rs 15000 each day to operate factory I and II,
respectively. Find the number of days each factory should operate to minimize the operating
costs and still meet the demand.

9. A dealer deals in two items A and B. He has Rs. 15000 to invest and a space to store at most
80 pieces. Item A costs him Rs.300 and item B costs him Rs.150. He can sell items A and B at

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
109

profits of Rs. 40 and Rs.25, respectively. Assuming that he can sell all that he buys. Formulate
the above as a linear programming problem for maximum profit and solve it graphically.

10. A small firm manufactures gold rings and chains. The total number of rings and chains
manufactured per day is at most 24. It takes 1 hour to make a ring and 30 min to make a
chain. The maximum number of hours available per day is 16. If the profit on a ring is Rs. 300
and that on a chain is Rs. 190, then find the number of rings and chains that should be
manufactured per day so as to earn the maximum profit. Make it as an LPP and solve it
graphically.

11. A man has Rs. 1500 for purchasing wheat and rice. A bag of rice and a bag of wheat cost
Rs. 180 and Rs. 120, respectively. He has a storage capacity of only 10 bags. He earns a profit
of Rs. 11 and Rs. 9 per bag of rice and wheat, respectively. Formulate the problem as an LPP
to find the number of bags of each type he should buy for getting maximum profit and solve it
graphically.

12. A dealer wishes to purchase a number of fans and sewing machines. He has only Rs.
5760 to invest and has space for at most 20 items. A fan costs Rs. 360 and a sewing machine
costs Rs. 240. He can sell a fan at a profit of Rs. 22 and a sewing machine at a profit of Rs. 18.
Assuming that he can sell all the items that he can buy, how should he invest his money in
order to maximize his profit? Formulate the problem as an LPP and solve it graphically.

13. Two tailors A and B earn Rs. 150 and Rs. 200 per day, respectively. A can stitch 6 shirts
and 4 pants per day, while B can stitch 10 shirts and 4 pants per day. How many days shall
each work, if it is desired to produce at least 60 shirts and 32 pants at a minimum labour cost?
Make it as an LPP and solve the problem graphically.

14. A firm has to transport 1200 packages using large vans which can carry 200 packages
each and small vans which can take 80 packages each. The cost for engaging each large van is
Rs. 400 and each small van is Rs. 200. Not more than Rs 3000 is to be spent on the job and the
number of large vans can not exceed the number of small vans. Formulate this problem as a
LPP given that the objective is to minimise cost.

15. A company manufactures two types of screws A and B. All the screws have to pass
through a threading machine and a slotting machine. A box of Type A screws requires 2
minutes on the threading machine and 3 minutes on the slotting machine. A box of type B
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
110

screws requires 8 minutes of threading on the threading machine and 2 minutes on the
slotting machine. In a week, each machine is available for 60 hours.
On selling these screws, the company gets a profit of Rs 100 per box on type A screws and
Rs 170 per box on type B screws.
Formulate this problem as a LPP given that the objective is to maximise profit.

16. A diet is to contain atleast 80 units of vitamin A and 100 units of minerals. Two foods F1
and F2 are available. Food F1 costs Rs. 4 per unit and food F2 costs Rs. 6 per unit. One unit of
food F1 contains 3 units of vitamin A and 4 units of minerals. One unit of food F2 contains 6
units of vitamin A and 3 units of minerals. Formulate this as a linear programming problem
and find graphically the minimum cost for diet that consists of mixture of these two foods and
also meets the minerals nutritional requirements.

17. A diet for sick person must contains at least 4000 units of vitamins, 50 units of minerals
and 1400 units of calories. Two foods A and B are available at a cost of Rs. 5 and Rs. 4 per
unit, respectively. One unit of food A contains 200 units of vitamins, 1 unit of minerals and 40
units of calories, while one unit of food B contains 100 units of vitamins, 2 units of minerals
and 40 units calories. Find what combination of the foods A and B should be used to have
least cost, but it must satisfy the requirements of the sick person? Formulate the question as
an LPP and solve it graphically.

18. A factory owner purchases two types of machines A and B for his factory. The
requirements and the limitations for the machines are as follows
Machines Area Labour Daily output
Occupied Force (In units)
A 1000 m2 12 men 60
B 1200 m2 8 men 40
He has maximum area of 9000 m2 available and 72 skilled labourers who can operate both
the machines. How many machines of each type should be bought to maximise the daily
output?

19. A manufacturing company makes two types of television sets; one is black and white
and the other is colour. The company has resources to make at most 300 sets a week. It takes
Rs. 1800 to make a black and white set and Rs. 2700 to make a coloured set. The company
can spend not more than Rs 648000 a week to make television sets. If it makes a profit of Rs.
510 per black and white set and Rs. 675 per coloured set, how many sets of each type should

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
111

be produced so that the company has maximum profit? Formulate this problem as a LPP
given that the objective is to maximise the profit.

20. Minimise 𝑍 = 3𝑥 + 5𝑦 subject to the constraints :


𝑥 + 2𝑦 ≥ 10
𝑥+𝑦 ≥ 6
3𝑥 + 𝑦 ≥ 8
𝑥, 𝑦 ≥ 0

21. The corner points of the feasible region determined by the system of linear constraints
are (0, 10), (5, 5), (15, 15), (0, 20).
Let Z = 𝑝𝑥 + 𝑞𝑦, where 𝑝, 𝑞 > 0. 𝐹𝑖𝑛𝑑 condition on 𝑝 and 𝑞 so that the maximum of Z
occurs at both the points (5, 15) and (0, 20).

22. A manufacturer of electronic circuits has a stock of 200 resistors, 120 transistors and
150 capacitors and is required to produce two types of circuits A and B. Type A requires 20
resistors, 10 transistors and 10 capacitors. Type B requires 10 resistors, 20 transistors and 30
capacitors. If the profit on type A circuit is Rs. 50 and that on type B circuit is Rs. 60, formulate
this problem as a LPP so that the manufacturer can maximise his profit.

23. A manufacturer produces two Models of bikes – Model X and Model Y. Model X takes a
6 man-hours to make per unit, while model Y takes 10 man-hours per unit. There is a total of
450 man-hour available per week. Handling and Marketing costs are Rs 2000 and Rs 1000 per
unit for Models X and Y respectively. The total funds available for these purposes are Rs
80,000 per week. Profits per unit for Models X and Y are Rs 1000 and Rs 500, respectively.
How many bikes of each model should the manufacture produce so as to yield a maximum
profit? Find the maximum profit.

24. Maximise and Minimise 𝑍 = 3𝑥 − 4𝑦


𝑥 − 2𝑦 ≤ 0
subject to −3𝑥 + 𝑦 ≤ 4
𝑥−𝑦 ≤6
𝑥, 𝑦 ≥ 0

25. A toy company manufactures two types of dolls, A and B . Market tests and available
resources have indicated that the combined production level should not exceed 1200 dolls
per week and the demand for dolls of type B is at most half of that for dolls of type A. Further,
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
112

the production level of dolls of type A can exceed three times the production of dolls of other
type by at most 600 units. If the company makes profit of Rs 12 and Rs 16 per doll
respectively on dolls A and B, how many of each should be produced weekly in order to
maximise the profit?

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
113

Answers

50 40
1. Maximum value of Z = 30 at ( , )
3 3

2. Maximum Z = 200 x + 120 y subject to :


x + y ≤ 300, 3x + y ≤ 600, y ≤ x + 100, x ≥ 0, y ≥ 0
3. Maximum z = x + y subject to :
2𝑥 + 3𝑦 ≤ 120 , 8𝑥 + 5𝑦 ≤ 400 , 𝑥 ≥ 0 , 𝑦 ≥ 0
4. 30 hec for crop A and 20 hec for crop B
5. 3 units of goods A and 8 units of goods B
6. Maximum no. of books = 18 --------- Book Type I = 12, Book Type II = 6
7. X = 1, y = 6
8. Factory I = 80 days , Factory II = 60 days
9. Maximum Profit = Rs 2300 , Type A = 20, Type B = 60
10. Maximum Profit = Rs. 5440, 8 gold rings and 16 chains / day
11. Maximum Profit = Rs. 100, Rice bags = 5 , wheat bags = 5
12. 8 fans , 12 sewing machines , Maximum Profit = Rs. 392
13. Minimum Labour cost = Rs. 1350, Tailor A = 5 days, Tailor B = 3 days
14. Minimum Z = 400x+ 200y subject to :
5x + 2y ≥ 30 , 2x + y ≤ 15 , x ≤ y , x ≥ 0 , y ≥ 0
15. Maximum Z = 100x + 170y subject to :
3x + 2y ≤ 3600 , x + 4y ≤ 1800 , x ≥ 0 , y ≥ 0
4
16. Minimum Cost = Rs. 104, Food I = 24 units, Food II = units
3

17. Least cost = Rs. 145, Food A = 5 units, Food B = 30 units


18. M/C Type A = 6 , M/C Type B = 0
19. Z = 510x + 675y subject to :
x + y ≤ 300
2x + 3y ≤ 720
x ≥ 0 ,y ≥ 0
20. 26
21. q=3p
22. Maximum Z = 50x+60y subject to :
2x + y ≤ 20
x + 2y ≤ 12
x + 3y ≤ 15
x ≥ 0 ,y ≥ 0
23. Model X = 25, Model Y = 30, Maximum Profit = Rs 40,000
24. Maximum = 12 , Minimum does not exist
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
114

25. Type A = 800, Type B = 400, Maximum Profit = Rs. 16000

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
115

Chapter 13 PROBABILITY

Conditional Probability If E and F are two events associated with the same sample space of a
random experiment, then the conditional probability of the event E under the condition that the
event F has occurred, written as P (E | F), is given by

P(E ∩ F)
P(E | F) = , P(F) ≠ 0
P ( F)

Properties of Conditional Probability

Let E and F be events associated with the sample space S of an experiment. Then:

(i) P (S | F) = P (F | F) = 1
(ii) P [(A ∪ B) | F] = P (A | F) + P (B | F) – P [(A ∩ B | F)], where A and B are any two
events associated with S.
(iii) P (E′ | F) = 1 – P (E | F)

Multiplication Theorem on Probability

Let E and F be two events associated with a sample space of an experiment. Then

P (E ∩ F) = P (E) P (F | E), P (E) ≠ 0

= P (F) P (E | F), P (F) ≠ 0

If E, F and G are three events associated with a sample space, then

P (E ∩ F ∩ G) = P (E) P (F | E) P (G | E ∩ F)

Independent Events

Let E and F be two events associated with a sample space S. If the probability of occurrence of
one of them is not affected by the occurrence of the other, then we say that the two events are
independent. Thus, two events E and F will be independent, if

(a) P (F | E) = P (F), provided P (E) ≠ 0


(b) P (E | F) = P (E), provided P (F) ≠ 0

Using the multiplication theorem on probability, we have

(c) P (E ∩ F) = P (E) P (F)

Three events A, B and C are said to be mutually independent if all the following conditions hold:

P (A ∩ B) = P (A) P (B)

P (A ∩ C) = P (A) P (C)

P (B ∩ C) = P (B) P (C)

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
116

and P (A ∩ B ∩ C) = P (A) P (B) P (C)

Partition of a Sample Space

A set of events E1 , E2 , . . . . , E𝑛 is said to represent a partition of a sample space S if

(a) E𝑖 ∩ E𝑗 = φ, 𝑖 ≠ 𝑗; 𝑖, 𝑗 = 1, 2, 3, . . . . . . , 𝑛

(b) E𝑖 ∪ E2 ∪ . . .∪ E𝑛 = S, and

(c) Each E𝑖 ≠ φ, i. e, P (E𝑖 ) > 0 for all 𝑖 = 1, 2, . . . , 𝑛

Theorem of Total Probability

Let {E1 , E2 , . . . . , E𝑛 } be a partition of the sample space S. Let A be any event associated with S,
then

P (A) = ∑ P(E𝑗 )P(A|E𝑗 )


𝑗=1

Bayes’ Theorem

If E1 , E2 , . . . . , E𝑛 are mutually exclusive and exhaustive events associated with a sample space,
and A is any event of non zero probability, then

P(E𝑖 )P(A|E𝑖 )
P(E𝑖 | A) =
∑𝑛𝑖=1 P(E𝑖 )P(A|E𝑖 )

Random Variable and its Probability Distribution

A random variable is a real valued function whose domain is the sample space of a random
experiment.

The probability distribution of a random variable X is the system of numbers

X 𝑥1 𝑥2 …

P (X) 𝑝1 𝑝2 …

where 𝑝𝑖 > 0, 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛, ∑𝑛𝑖=1 𝑝𝑖 = 1 .

Mean and Variance of a Random Variable

Let X be a random variable assuming values 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 , . . . . , 𝑥𝑛 with probabilities 𝑝1 , 𝑝2 , . . . . , 𝑝𝑛 ,


respectively such that 𝑝𝑖 ≥ 0, ∑𝑛𝑖=1 𝑝𝑖 = 1 . Mean of X, denoted by µ [or expected value of X
denoted by E (X)] is defined as

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
117

µ = E (X) = ∑ 𝑥𝑖 𝑝𝑖
𝑖=1

and Var (X) = E(X2 ) – [ E (X) ]2

Standard deviation of the random variable X

𝜎 = √variance (X)

Bernoulli Trials

Trials of a random experiment are called Bernoulli trials, if they satisfy the following conditions:

(i) There should be a finite number of trials


(ii) The trials should be independent
(iii) Each trial has exactly two outcomes: success or failure
(iv) The probability of success (or failure) remains the same in each trial.

Binomial Distribution A random variable X taking values 0, 1, 2, . . . , 𝑛 is said to have a binomial


distribution with parameters 𝑛 and 𝑝, if its probability distibution is given by

𝑛
P (X = r ) = 𝐶𝑟 𝑝𝑟 𝑞𝑛−𝑟 ,

where 𝑞 = 1– 𝑝 and 𝑟 = 0, 1, 2, . . . , 𝑛.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
118

Ch 13- Probability

1. A and B are two candidates seeking admission in a college. The probability that A is selected is
0.7 and the probability that exactly one of them is selected is 0.6. Find the probability that B is
selected.
2. Three machines E1 , E2 , E3 in a certain factory produce 50%, 25% and 25%, respectively, of the
total daily output of electric tubes. It is known that 4% of the tubes produced one each of
machines E1 and E2 are defective, and that 5% of those produced on E3 are defective. If one
tube is picked up at random from a day’s production, calculate the probability that it is
defective.
3. Find the probability that in 10 throws of a fair die a score which is a multiple of 3 will be
obtained in at least 8 of the throws.
4. Four balls are to be drawn without replacement from a box containing 8 red and 4 white
balls. If X denotes the number of red ball drawn, find the probability distribution of X.
[ANS : Probability distribution of X
X 0 1 2 3 4
P (X) 1 32 168 224 70
495 495 495 495 495

5. Determine variance and standard deviation of the number of heads in three losses of a coin.
6. A car manufacturing factory has two plants, X and Y. Plant X manufactures 70% of cars and
plant Y manufactures 30%. 80% of the cars at plant X and 90% of the cars at plant Y are rated
of standard quality. A car is chosen at random and is found to be standard quality. What is the
probability that it has come from plant X?
7. If A and B are independent events such that P (A) = 𝑝, P (B) = 2𝑝 and
5
P (Exactly one of A, B) = , then find 𝑝.
9

8. The probability that at least one of the two events A and B occurs is 0.6. If A and B occur
̅ ) + P( B
simultaneously with probability 0.3, evaluate P(A ̅ ).

9. A bag contains 5 red marbles and 3 black marbles. Three marbles are drawn one by one
without replacement. What is the probability that at least one of the three marbles drawn be
black, if the first marble is red?
10. In a dice game, a player pays a stake of Re 1 for each throw of a die. She receives Rs 5 if
the die shows a 3, Rs 2 if the die shows a 1 or 6, and nothing otherwise. What is the player’s
expected profit per throw over a long series of throws?
11. Three dice are thrown at the same time. Find the probability of getting three two’s, if it
is known that the sum of the numbers on the dice was six.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
119

12. Suppose 10,000 tickets are sold in a lottery each for Re 1. First prize is of Rs 3000 and
the second prize is of Rs 2000. There are three third prizes of Rs. 500 each. If you buy one
ticket, what is your expectation.
13. A bag contains 4 white and 5 black balls. Another bag contains 9 white and 7 black balls.
A ball is transferred from the first bag to the second and then a ball is drawn at random from
the second bag. Find the probability that the ball drawn is white.
14. A box has 5 blue and 4 red balls. One ball is drawn at random and not replaced. Its
colour is also not noted. Then another ball is drawn at random. What is the probability of
second ball being blue?
15. Four card are successively drawn without replacement from a deck of 52 playing cards.
What is the probability that all the four cards are kings?
16. A die is thrown 5 times. Find the probability that an odd number will come up exactly
three times.
17. Ten coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting at least 8 heads?
18. The probability of a man hitting a target is 0.25. He shoots 7 times. What is the
probability of his hitting at least twice?
1
19. A biased die is such that P(4) = and other scores being equally likely. The die is
10

tossed twice. If X is the ‘number of fours seen’, find the variance of the random variable X.
20. A die is thrown three times. Let X be ‘the number of two seen’. Find the expectation of
X.
1
21. Two biased dice are thrown together. For the first die P(6) = , the other scores being
2
2
equally likely while for the second die, P(1) = and the other scores are equally likely. Find
5

the probability distribution of ‘the number of ones seen’.

22. Suppose that 6% of the people with blood group O are left handed and 10% of those
with other blood groups are left handed 30% of the people have blood group O. If a left
handed person is selected at random, what is the probability that he/she will have blood
group O?
23. Find the probability distribution of the maximum of the two scores obtained when a die
is thrown twice. Determine also the mean of the distribution.

24. A and B throw a pair of dice alternately. A wins the game if he gets a total of 6 and B
wins if she gets a total of 7. It A starts the game, find the probability of winning the game by A
in third throw of the pair of dice.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
120

25. A shopkeeper sells three types of flower A1 , A2 and A3. They are sold as a mixture
where the proportions are 4:4:2 respectively. The germination rates of the three types of
seeds are 45%, 60% and 35%. Calculate the probability
(i) of a randomly chosen seed to germinate
(ii) that it will not germinate given that the seed is of type A3 ,
(iii) that it is of the type A2 given that a randomly chosen seed does not germinate.
26. There are two bags, one of which contains 3 black and 4 white balls while the other
contains 4 black and 3 white balls. A die is thrown. If it shows up 1 or 3, a ball is taken from
the Ist bag; but it shows up any other number, a ball is chosen from the second bag. Find the
probability of choosing a black ball.
27. By examining the chest X ray, the probability that TB is detected when a person is
actually suffering is 0.99. The probability of an healthy person diagnosed to have TB is 0.001.
In a certain city, 1 in 1000 people suffers from TB. A person is selected at random and is
diagnosed to have TB. What is the probability that he actually has TB?
28. The probability of a discrete random variable X is given as under:
X 1 2 4 2A 3A 5A

P(X) 1 1 3 1 1 1
2 5 25 10 25 25

Calculate :
(i) The value of A if E(X) = 2.94
(ii) Variance of X
29. Two cards are drawn successively without replacement from a well shuffled deck of
cards. Find the mean and standard variation of the random variable X where X is the number
of aces.
30. A die is tossed twice. A ‘success’ is getting and even number on a toss. Find the variance
of the number of successes.
31. There are 5 cards numbered 1 to 5, one number on one card. Two cards are drawn at
random without replacement. Let X denote the sum of the numbers on two cards drawn. Find
the mean and variance of X.
2 3 1
32. If P(A) = , P(B) = and P (A ∩ B) = , then find the value of P(A′ |B′). P(B ′ |A′)
5 10 5

33. A and B are events such that P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = 0.3 and P(A ∪ B) = 0.5. Then find
P (B′ ∩ A).
3 1 4
34. If P(B) = , P(A|B) = and P(A ∪ B) = , then find P(A ∪ B)′ + P(A′ ∪ B).
5 2 5
3 4
35. If A and B are two independent events with P(A) = and P(B) = , then find
5 9

P(A′ ∩ B ′ ).
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
121

36. Two events E and F are independent. If P(E) = 0.3, P(E ∪ F) = 0.5, then value of
P(E|F) − P(F|E).
37. A bag contains 5 red and 3 blue balls. If 3 balls are drawn at random without
replacement then find the probability of getting exactly one red ball.
38. Three persons, A, B and C, fire at a target in turn, starting with A. Their probability of
hitting the target are 0.4, 0.3 and 0.2 respectively. Find the probability of two hits.
39. A box contains 3 orange balls, 3 green balls and 2 blue balls. Three balls are drawn at
random from the box without replacement. Find the probability of drawing 2 green balls and
one blue ball.
40. A flashlight has 8 batteries out of which 3 are dead. If two batteries are selected without
replacement and tested, then find the probability that both are dead.
41. Eight coins are tossed together. Find the probability of getting exactly 3 heads.
42. In a college, 30% students fail in physics, 25% fail in mathematics and 10% fail in both.
One student is chosen at random. Find the probability that she fails in physics if she has failed
in mathematics.
1 1
43. A and B are two students. Their chances of solving a problem correctly are and ,
3 4
1
respectively. If the probability of their making a common error is, and they obtain the same
20

answer, then find the probability of their answer to be correct.


44. A box has 100 pens of which 10 are defective. What is the probability that out of a
sample of 5 pens drawn one by one with replacement at most one is defective?
45. If A, B and C are three independent events such that P(A) = P(B) = P(C) = 𝑝,then find
P (At least two of A, B, C occur).

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
122

Answers

1. 0.25
2. .0425]
201
3.
310

4. Probability distribution of X
X 0 1 2 3 4
P (X) 1 32 168 224 70
495 495 495 495 495

3 √3
5. Variance = , Standard deviation =
2 2
56
6.
83
1 5
7. 𝑝 = ,
3 12

8. 1.1
25
9.
56

10. Rs. 0.50


1
11.
10

12. Expectation = Rs. 0.65


85
13.
153
5
14.
9
1
15.
270725
5
16.
16
7
17.
128
4547
18.
8192

19. 0.18
20. ½
21.
X 0 1 2
P (X) .54 .42 .04

9
22.
44

23.
X 1 2 3 4 5 6
P (X) 3 3 3 3 3 3

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
123

6 6 6 6 6 6

775
24.
7776

25. (i) 0.49, (ii) 0.65, (iii) .314


11
26.
21
110
27.
221

28. (i) 3, (ii) 19.05 ]


2
29. Mean = , S. D. = 0.377
13
1
30.
2

31. Mean = 6, Variance = 3


25
32.
42

33. 1/5
34. 1
35. 2/9
36. 1/70
15
37.
56

38. 0.188
3
39.
28
3
40.
28
7
41.
32
2
42.
5
10
43.
13

9 5 1 9 4
44. ( ) + ( )
10 2 10

45. 3𝑝2 − 2𝑝3

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
124

MATHEMATICS
Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks: 100
General Instructions:
1. All questions are compulsory.

2. This question paper contains 29 questions.

3. Questions 1 – 4 in Section A are very short-answer type questions carrying 1 mark each.

4. Questions 5 – 12 in Section B are short-answer type questions carrying 2 marks each.

5. Questions 13 – 23 in Section C are long-answer I type questions carrying 4 marks each.

6. Questions 24 – 29 in Section D are long-answer II type questions carrying 6 marks each.

Section A
1. The area of a triangle with vertices (−3, 0), (3, 0) and (0, 𝑘 ) is 9 sq. units. Find the value of
𝑘.

4−𝑥 2
2. Find the number of points at which given function 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = is discontinuous.
4𝑥−𝑥 3

𝑑𝑦 2
3. Find the degree of the differential equation √1 + ( ) = 𝑥.
𝑑𝑥

4. Find the coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular drawn from the point (2, 5, 7) on the
𝑥-axis.
Or
Find the equations of 𝑥-axis in space.

Section B
5. For the set A = {1, 2, 3} , define a relation R in the set A as follows:
R = {(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (1, 3)} .
Write the ordered pairs to be added to R to make it the smallest equivalence relation.
6. Show that a matrix which is both symmetric and skew symmetric is a zero matrix.
1+𝑥
7. Evaluate ∫ √ 𝑑𝑥 , 𝑥 ≠ 1 .
1−𝑥

8. Evaluate ∫ tan8 𝑥 sec 4 𝑥 𝑑𝑥


Or
8 √10−𝑥
Find ∫2 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥+√10−𝑥

9. Find the differential equation of all non-horizontal lines in a plane.

10. Find a vector of magnitude 11 in the direction opposite to that of ⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗⃗


PQ , where P and Q
are the points (1, 3, 2) and (-1, 0, 8), respectively.
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
125

Or
If the points (-1, -1, 2), (2, 𝑚, 5) and (3, 11, 6) are collinear, find the value of 𝑚.
11. A and B are two candidates seeking admission in a college. The probability that A is
selected is 0.7 and the probability that exactly one of them is selected is 0.6. Find the
probability that B is selected.
12. Two dice are thrown together. Let A be the event ‘getting 6 on the first die’ and B be the
event ‘getting 2 on the second die’. Are the events A and B independent?
Or
A committee of 4 students is selected at random from a group consisting 8 boys and 4 girls.
Given that there is at least one girl on the committee, calculate the probability that there
are exactly 2 girls on the committee.
Section C
13. If functions 𝑓 ∶ A → B and g ∶ B → A satisfy g 𝑜 𝑓 = IA , then show that f is one – one
and g is onto.
Or
If 𝑓 = {(5, 2), (6, 3)}, g = {(2, 5), (3, 6)}, write 𝑓 𝑜 g.
−5
14. Find the value of sin [2 cot −1 ( )]
12

1 𝑥 𝑥2 1 1 1
15. If ∆= |1 𝑦 2 , ∆ = 𝑦𝑧 𝑧𝑥 𝑥𝑦| , then prove that ∆ + ∆1 = 0.
𝑦 | 1 |
1 𝑧 𝑧2 𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
𝑑𝑦
16. If 𝑒 𝑥 + 𝑒 𝑦 = 𝑒 𝑥+𝑦 , prove that = −𝑒 𝑦−𝑥 .
𝑑𝑥

Or
Let 𝑓(𝑥 ) = 𝑥|𝑥|, for all 𝑥 ∈ 𝐑. Discuss the derivability of 𝑓(𝑥 ) at 𝑥 = 0
𝑑𝑥 3𝑥−𝑥 3 1 1
17. Find , if 𝑦 = tan−1 ( ),− <𝑥< .
𝑑𝑦 1−3𝑥 2 √3 √3

18. Find the angle of intersection of the curves 𝑦 2 = 𝑥 and 𝑥 2 = 𝑦.


𝑥3
19. Find ∫ 4 2 𝑑𝑥
𝑥 +3𝑥 +2

20. Evaluate the following as limit of sums:


2

∫(𝑥 2 + 3)𝑑𝑥
0
𝑑𝑦
21. Find the general solution of the differential equation (1 + 𝑦 2 ) + (𝑥 − 𝑒 𝑡𝑎𝑛−1𝑦 ) = 0.
𝑑𝑥

Or
Solve : (𝑥 + 𝑦) (𝑑𝑥 − 𝑑𝑦) = 𝑑𝑥 + 𝑑𝑦.
22. A vector 𝑟⃗ has magnitude 14 and direction ratios 2, 3, -6. Find the direction cosines and
components of 𝑟⃗ , given that 𝑟⃗ makes an acute angle with 𝑥-axis.

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
126

23. Find the equation of a plane which bisects perpendicularly the line joining the points A
(2, 3, 4) and B (4, 5, 8) at right angles.
Section D
24. If possible, using elementary row transformations, find the inverse of the following
matrix
2 −1 3
[−5 3 1]
−3 2 3
OR
8 4 3
Using elementary transformations, find the inverse of the matrix A = (2 1 1) and use it
1 2 2
to solve the following system of linear equations :
8𝑥 + 4𝑦 + 3𝑧 = 19
2𝑥 + 𝑦 + 𝑧 = 5
𝑥 + 2𝑦 + 2𝑧 = 7

25. Find the maximum and minimum values of


𝑓 (𝑥 ) = sec𝑥 + log cos2 𝑥, 0 < 𝑥 < 2𝜋

26. Draw a rough sketch of the region {(𝑥, 𝑦) ∶ 𝑦 2 ≤ 6𝑎𝑥 and 𝑥 2 + 𝑦 2 ≤ 16𝑎2 }. Also find
the area of the region sketched using method of integration.
Or
Find the area bounded by the lines 𝑦 = 4𝑥 + 5, 𝑦 = 5 − 𝑥 and 4𝑦 = 𝑥 + 5.

27. Find the distance of the point (−1, −5, −10) from the point of intersection of the line
𝑟⃗ = 2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ + 𝜆 (3𝑖̂ + 4𝑗̂ + 2𝑘̂ ) and the plane 𝑟⃗ . (𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂ ) = 5.
Or
4−𝑥 𝑦 1−𝑧
Find the foot of perpendicular from the point (2, 3, −8) to the line = = . Also,
2 6 3

find the perpendicular distance from the given point to the line.

28. A manufacturer products two models of bikes – Model X and Model Y. Model X takes a 6
man-hours to make per unit, while Model Y takes 10 man-hours per unit. There is a total of
450 man-hour available per week. Handling and Marketing costs are Rs 2000 and Rs 1000
per unit for Model X and Y respectively. The total funds available for these purposes are Rs
80,000 per week. Profits per unit for Models X and Y are Rs 1000 and Rs 500, respectively.
How many bikes of each model should the manufacturer produce so as to yield a maximum
profit? Find the maximum profit.
29. A car manufacturing factory has two plants, X and Y. Plant X manufactures 70% of cars
and plant Y manufactures 30%. 80% of the cars at plant X and 90% of the cars at plant Y are
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
127

rated of standard quality. A car is chosen at random and is found to be standard quality.
What is the probability that it has come from plant X?
MATHEMATICS
Time allowed : 3 hours Maximum Marks: 100
General Instructions:
1. All questions are compulsory.

2. This question paper contains 29 questions.

3. Questions 1 – 4 in Section A are very short-answer type questions carrying 1 mark each.

4. Questions 5 – 12 in Section B are short-answer type questions carrying 2 marks each.

5. Questions 13 – 23 in Section C are long-answer I type questions carrying 4 marks each.

6. Questions 24 – 29 in Section D are long-answer II type questions carrying 6 marks each.

Section A
1. If A is a matrix of order 3 × 3, then find |3A|.
𝑑𝑦
2. If 𝑦 = √sin 𝑥 + 𝑦 , then find .
𝑑𝑥

3. Find the order of the differential equation of all circles of given radius a .
4. P is a point on the line segment joining the points (3, 2, -1) and (6, 2, -2). If 𝑥 co-ordinate of
P is 5, then find its 𝑦 co-ordinate.
Or

𝜋 3 π
If a line makes angles , 𝜋 and with 𝑥, 𝑦, 𝑧 axis, respectively, then find its direction
2 4 4

cosines.

Section B
5. Let R be the equivalence relation in the set Z of integers given by R = {(𝑎, 𝑏) ∶
2 divides 𝑎 − 𝑏}. Write the equivalence class [0].
6. If A is 3 × 3 invertible matrix, then show that for any scalar 𝑘 (non-zero), 𝑘A is invertible
1
and (𝑘A)−1 = A−1
𝑘
8 √10−𝑥
7. Find ∫2 𝑑𝑥
√𝑥+√10−𝑥

√1+𝑥 2
8. Evaluate ∫ 𝑑𝑥
𝑥4

9. Find the equation of a curve whose tangent at any point on it different from origin, has
𝑦
slope 𝑦 + .
𝑥
𝜋 𝜋
10. Find a vector 𝑟⃗ of magnitude 3√2 units which makes an angle of and with 𝑦 and 𝑧 –
4 2

axes , respectively.
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
128

Or
Find all vectors of magnitude 10√3 that are perpendicular to the plane of 𝑖̂ + 2𝑗̂ + 𝑘̂
and −𝑖̂ + 3𝑗̂ + 4𝑘̂ .
11. (q.3) The probability that at least one of the two events A and B occurs is 0.6. If A and B
̅ ) + P(B
occur simultaneously with probability 0.3, evaluate P(A ̅ ).

12. A and B are events such that P(A) = 0.4, P(B) = 0.3 and P(A ∪ B) = 0.5. Then find
P (B′ ∩ A)

Section C
1
13. Let 𝑓 ∶ R → R be the function defined by 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = ∀ 𝑥 ∈ R. Then, find the
2−cos 𝑥

range of f.
Or
Let X = {1, 2, 3} and Y = {4, 5}. Find whether the following subsets of X × Y are
functions from X to Y or not.
(i) 𝑓 = {(1, 4), (1, 5), (2, 4), (3, 5)} (ii) g = {(1, 4), (2, 4), (3, 4)}
(iii) ℎ = {(1, 4), (2, 5), (3, 5)} (iv) 𝑘 = {(1, 4), (2, 5)} .
1 4
14. Evaluate cos [sin−1 + sec −1 ]
4 3

0 𝑏−𝑎 𝑐−𝑎
15. If ∆= |𝑎 − 𝑏 0 𝑐 − 𝑏| , then show that ∆ is equal to zero.
𝑎−𝑐 𝑏−𝑐 0
𝜋
16. If 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = |cos 𝑥 − sin𝑥 | , find 𝑓 ′ ( ).
6

Or

Differentiate √tan √𝑥 w. r. t. 𝑥
17. Verify mean value theorem for the function 𝑓 (𝑥 ) = (𝑥 − 3) (𝑥 − 6) (𝑥 − 9) in [3, 5].
𝜋 𝜋
18. Prove that the function 𝑓 (𝑥) = tan𝑥 − 4𝑥 is strictly decreasing on (− , ).
3 3
2
19. Evaluate ∫−1(7𝑥 − 5) 𝑑𝑥 as a limit of sums.
𝜋
20. Evaluate ∫0 𝑥 sin 𝑥 cos 2 𝑥𝑑𝑥
𝑑𝑦
21. Solve : 2 (𝑦 + 3) − 𝑥𝑦 = 0, given that 𝑦 (1) = −2.
𝑑𝑥

Or
Find the differential equation of system of concentric circles with centre (1, 2).
22. Find a vector of magnitude 6, which is perpendicular to both the vectors 2𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ +
2𝑘̂ and 4𝑖̂ − 𝑗̂ + 3𝑘̂ .
23. Find the equation of a plane which is at a distance 3 √3 units from origin and the normal
to which is equally inclined to coordinate axis.
Section D
Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos
129

24. In a triangle ABC, if


1 1 1
| 1 + sin A 1 + sin B 1 + sin C | = 0 ,
sinA + sin A sinB + sin B sinC + sin2 C
2 2

Then prove that ∆ABC is an isosceles triangle.


25. An isosceles triangle of vertical angle 2θ is inscribed in a circle of radius 𝑎. Show that the
π
area of triangle is maximum when θ = .
6

26. Find the area bounded by the curve 𝑦 = sin 𝑥 between 𝑥 = 0 and 𝑥 = 2𝜋.
Or
3𝑥 2
Find the area of the region included between the parabola 𝑦 = and the line
4

3𝑥 − 2𝑦 + 12 = 0.
27. A plane meets the co-ordinates axis in A, B, C such that the centroid of the ∆ ABC is the
𝑥 𝑦 𝑧
point (𝛼, 𝛽, 𝛾). Show that the equation of the plane is + + = 3
𝛼 𝛽 𝛾

Or
Find length and foot of the perpendicular from point (2, 4, −1) on the line
𝑥+5 𝑦+3 𝑧−6
= =
1 4 −9
Also find equation of the perpendicular from given point.
28. A company makes 3 model of calculators : A, B and C at factory I and factory II. The
company has orders for at least 6400 calculators of model A, 4000 calculators of model B
and 4800 calculators of model C. At factory I, 50 calculators of model A, 50 of model B and
30 of model C are made every day; at factory II, 40 calculators of model A , 20 of model B
and 40 of model C are made everyday. It costs Rs 12000 and Rs 15000 each day to operate
factory I and II, respectively. Find the number of days each factory should operate to
minimise the operating costs and still meet the demand.
29. Three bags contain a number of red and white balls as follows :
Bag 1 : 3 red balls, Bag 2 : 2 red balls and 1 white ball
Bag 3 : 3 white balls.
𝑖
The probability that bag i will be chosen and a ball is selected from it is , 𝑖 = 1, 2, 3.
6

what is the probability that


(i) a red ball will be selected? (ii) a white ball will be selected?

Chapter wise Supplementary Problems | Mathematics | CBSE XII 2018 – 19 | Rohit Solanki
To Watch Solutions : www.youtube.com/cbseclassvideos

Potrebbero piacerti anche